745519
2
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/563
Pagina verder
PRO-300 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using This Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Changing Settings from Operation Panel/Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
PictBridge print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
AirPrint print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Smartphone photo print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Other printer settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Paper-related settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Energy saving settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Auto maintenance settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Administrator password settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Reset settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Web service setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Printer information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Registering a Changed Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared Environment). . . . . 80
Reducing the Printer Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Configuration Changes Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Setting Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication (Remote UI). . . . . . . . . 90
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Printer Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Handling Paper, Multi-purpose Tray, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Paper Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Loading Paper in the Top Feed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Register Paper Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Placing Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Before Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Placing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Removing a Printable Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Placing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Removing Printable Nail Stickers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Network Connection Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection. . . . . . . . . 165
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Other Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Technical Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Firewall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
List of Devices Which May Interfere with Wi-Fi Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Settings on Print Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Settings on Client PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Restrictions on Printer Sharing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Adjustments for Better Print Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Aligning the Print Head Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Maintenance and Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Replacing Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Checking Ink Status on the LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Cleaning the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Other Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Print Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Print Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Standard Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Sizes for 0.98 in. (25 mm) Margin Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Printable Discs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Legal Restrictions on Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Screenshots in This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Basic Printing Workflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Printing Photos from a Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Printing Photos from a Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Enhanced Printing Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Printing from Your Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Printing from Application Software (macOS Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Changing the Clear Coating Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Setting the Stapling Margin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Specifying Color Correction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software). . 317
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver). . . . . . . . 319
Interpreting the ICC Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Adjusting Tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Adjusting Color Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Adjusting Brightness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Adjusting Contrast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Printing Using a Web Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Getting Google Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Printing Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Printing with Google Cloud Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Printing Using Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Printing from Digital Camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Windows Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
macOS Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Page Setup Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Canon IJ Printer Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Description of Print Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Quality & Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Color Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Advanced Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Page Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Updating the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Downloading Latest Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Before Installing the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Network Settings and Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Power Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Wi-Fi Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi Setup (Windows)-Checking
Wireless Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking LAN Cable and Router. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking PC Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Printer's IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Security Software Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-
Checking Router Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Network Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 445
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Printer Prints Slowly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Cannot Print or Connect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Other Network Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Checking Network Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Message Appears on Computer During Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Checking Status Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Problems while Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Cannot Print on the Disc Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 488
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Cannot Complete Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
Ink Blots / Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Printing Stops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Cannot Print Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
LCD Is Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Updating Printer Firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Updating Printer Driver in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Disable Function to Send Usage Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
If You Cannot Solve a Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
1013. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
1250. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
1401. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
1600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
1660. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
1700. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
1890. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
2115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
5B00. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
C000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
Using This Online Manual
Symbols Used in This Document
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused
by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
Icons may vary depending on your product.
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
12
Trademarks and Licenses
Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad,
iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
Note
The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
13
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any
modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to
Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity
authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its
representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code
control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for
the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
14
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as
stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent
litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the
Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that
You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at
least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
15
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
16
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
17
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
18
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 oss@fabasoft.com
Author: Bernhard Penz <bernhard.penz@fabasoft.com>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
19
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
20
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
21
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Written by Joel Sherrill <joel@OARcorp.com>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
22
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it will
be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
23
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which all
encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The
FreeType Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
24
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
o freetype@nongnu.org
25
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
o freetype-devel@nongnu.org
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties of
merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
26
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS,"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
27
Information about Paper
Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
Unsupported Media Types
Handling Paper
Before Printing on Art Paper
28
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight / Thickness
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.
Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
Paper for printing photos:
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>
Premium Fine Art Smooth <FA-SM1>
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>
Paper for making original goods:
Printable Nail Stickers <NL-101>
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Greeting Card
Card Stock
29
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Mac)
Note
When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you must specify the page
size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
When using art paper, see Before Printing on Art Paper.
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.
Standard sizes:
top feed
Letter
Legal
11"x17"(28x43cm)
A5
A4
A3
A3+
B5
B4
KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5"x7"(13x18cm)
7"x10"(18x25cm)
8"x10"(20x25cm)
10"x12"(25x30cm)
210x594mm
L(89x127mm)
2L(127x178mm)
Square 5"
12"x12"(30x30cm)
Hagaki
30
Hagaki 2
manual feed tray
Letter
Legal
11"x17"(28x43cm)
A4
A3
A3+
B4
8"x10"(20x25cm)
10"x12"(25x30cm)
210x594mm
12"x12"(30x30cm)
Special sizes
Special page sizes must be within the following limits:
top feed
Minimum size: 3.50 x 5.00 in. (89.0 x 127.0 mm)
Maximum size: 12.95 x 39.00 in. (329.0 x 990.6 mm)
manual feed tray
Minimum size: 8.00 x 10.00 in. (203.2 x 254.0 mm)
Maximum size: 13.00 x 39.00 in. (330.2 x 990.6 mm)
Paper Weight / Thickness
You can use paper in the following weight/thickness ranges.
* Do not use paper heavier or thicker than this, as it could jam in the printer.
top feed
Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
)
Specialty paper: Up to 80 lb (300 g /m
2
) / from 4 to 11.8 mil (0.1 to 0.3 mm)
manual feed tray
Specialty paper: Up to 93 lb (350 g /m
2
) / from 4 to 23.6 mil (0.1 to 0.6 mm)
31
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the top feed, the manual feed tray, and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Top Feed and Manual Feed Tray
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Top Feed and Manual Feed Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Top Feed
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 80 sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Top Feed Manual Feed Tray
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>*1
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*1
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*1
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*1
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
KG/4"x6"(10x15),
L(89x127mm), Square 5", Ha-
gaki: 20 sheets
A4, A3, Letter,
5"x7"(13x18cm),
8"x10"(20x25cm),
2L(127x178mm): 10 sheets
A3+, 10"x12"(25x30cm): 1
sheet
1 sheet
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>
Premium Fine Art Smooth <FA-SM1>
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>
N/A 1 sheet
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Top Feed Manual Feed Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*2 A5, A4, B5, Letter: Approx.
100 sheets
A3, B4, Legal,
11"x17"(28x43cm): Approx.
50 sheets
N/A
32
Greeting Card 1 sheet 1 sheet
Card Stock 1 sheet 1 sheet
*1 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
*2 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
Note
When using non-Canon genuine specialty paper, load one sheet at a time in the top feed or manual
feed tray.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
Approx. 50 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
33
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
Damp paper
Paper that is too thin
top feed
Plain paper: Less than 17 lb (64 g /m
2
)
Specialty paper: Less than 4 mil (0.1 mm)
manual feed tray
Specialty paper: Less than 4 mil (0.1 mm)
Paper that is too thick
top feed
Plain paper: More than 28 lb (105 g /m
2
)
Specialty paper: More than 80 lb (300 g /m
2
) or more than 11.8 mil (0.3 mm)
manual feed tray
Specialty paper: More than 93 lb (350 g /m
2
) or more than 23.6 mil (0.6 mm)
Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing
on paper smaller than A5)
Picture postcards
Postcards affixed with photos or stickers
Envelopes
Any type of paper with holes
Paper that is not rectangular
Paper bound with staples or glue
Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal
Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
34
Handling Paper
Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.
Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch
the printed surface as much as possible when handling. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on
the printed surface may be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
35
Before Printing on Art Paper
When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be
removed on art paper just before printing.
You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office
automation equipment).
The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.
OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.
Important
Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.
Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.
Paper dust removal procedure:
1.
Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.
2.
Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.
Important
Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop
halfway.
Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.
36
3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to
bottom.
37
Changing Settings from Operation Panel/Web Browser
Operation Panel
LCD and Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Print settings
LAN settings
PictBridge print settings
AirPrint print settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Other printer settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Paper-related settings
Energy saving settings
Quiet setting
Auto maintenance settings
Administrator password settings
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
Reset settings
Web service setup
Printer information
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing the Print Options
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
Managing the Printer Power
38
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared
Environment)
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser
Configuration Changes Using Web Browser
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser
Setting Password
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication
(Remote UI)
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL Communication
Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate)
39
Operation Panel
A: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
B: HOME button
Used to display the HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
C: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
D: OK button
Finalizes the selection of a menu or setting item. This button is also used to resolve an error.
E: , , , and buttons
Used to select a menu or setting item.
LCD and Operation Panel
40
LCD and Operation Panel
Turning on the printer displays the HOME screen.
Using the button to select an item from the menu and pressing the OK button enable you to perform
each setting.
A: Printer status display area
Displays printer status, messages, and other information.
Notification Messages
B: Network
Displays network status by the icon.
The icon differs depending on the network of use or the network status.
Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Note
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
(Signal strength: 81 % or more): You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
(Signal strength: 51 % or more): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur
according to the network status. We recommend placing the printer near the wireless router.
(Signal strength: 50 % or less): The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur.
Place the printer near the wireless router.
41
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Wired LAN is enabled.
Wireless Direct is enabled.
Network is disabled.
C: Ink status display area
Displays the ink status. Selecting this item enables you to check the remaining amount of ink and model
number of ink tank.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
D: Paper settings display area
Displays information about the paper in the top feed. Selecting this item enables you to specify the size
and type of paper loaded in the top feed.
E: Maintenance
Select this item to perform maintenance of the printer.
F: Template print
You can print and make as lined or graph paper.
G: LAN settings
You can perform settings relating to network.
H: Various settings
You can change printer settings such as settings when printing.
I: Printer information
Displays printer information and error histories.
J: Quick guide
Displays how to operate the printer and QR code accessing to the Online Manual.
Note
When printing is in progress, you cannot select grayed out items.
Notification Messages
When the ink is low or there is another notification, New notice appears in the printer status display area.
42
Press the button to display the Notice list screen to check messages.
Use the button to select a message and press the OK button to view the message details screen to
check the details and take action.
43
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
44
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Printer settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Magnification level for borderless as an example.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2.
Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the buttons to select Printer settings and press the OK button.
The Printer settings screen is displayed.
4.
Use the buttons to select a setting item and press the OK button.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5.
Use the buttons to select item and press the OK button.
6. Use the buttons to select setting item and press the OK button.
45
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
46
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Note
The administrator password is required to change some setting items if it is enabled for changing
settings using the operation panel.
For more on setting items which the administrator password is required:
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
Items for Security
Administrator password settings
Items for Printer
Other printer settings
Language selection
Web service setup
Energy saving settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
PictBridge print settings
AirPrint print settings
Smartphone photo print settings
Paper-related settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Auto maintenance settings
Firmware update
Reset settings
Printer information
47
Print settings
Prevent paper abrasion
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower print quality.
Auto photo fix settings
When Yes is selected, you can print photos using the Exif information recorded in the image files when
Default* or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, select Auto
photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings.
Adjust horizontal print position
Adjusts the print position when the left/right margins are not aligned.
You can adjust the left/right margins in increments of 0.01 inch/0.1 mm between -0.12 inch/-3 mm and
+0.12 inch/+3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper.
Important
For A3, A3+ and 12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm), you can adjust the left/right margins between -0.06 in. (-1.5
mm) and +0.06 in. (+1.5 mm) even if you specify the value over 0.06 in. (1.5 mm).
Magnification level for borderless
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:
Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) supporting device.
Printing from a standard form.
Note
When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be
prioritized.
If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Large for this
setting may help solve the problem.
48
LAN settings
Select this setting item from HOME screen.
Important
The administrator password is required to change settings if it is enabled for changing settings using
the operation panel.
Wi-Fi
The following setting information on the Wi-Fi connection is displayed. (Some items are not displayed
depending on printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected) / Enabled (disconnected) / Disa-
ble
Network name (SSID) XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 32 characters)
Communication mode Infrastructure
Frequency 2.4GHz / 5GHz
Channel XX (up to 2 digits)
Wi-Fi security Disable / WEP (64 bit) / WEP (128 bit) / WPA-PSK
(TKIP) / WPA-PSK (AES) / WPA2-PSK (TKIP) / WPA2-
PSK (AES)
Signal strength (%) XXX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 manual address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 manual prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 1 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 2 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 3 XXX (up to 3 digits)
49
IPv6 stateless address 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 4 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 default gateway 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 default gateway 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 default gateway 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 default gateway 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Disa-
ble
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
To change the setting, select Settings.
Enable/disable Wi-Fi
Select Enable to wirelessly connect via wireless router.
Wi-Fi setup
Select how to setup Wi-Fi.
Easy wireless connect
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from a
device (e.g. smartphone, or tablet) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
Manual connect
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
WPS (Push button method)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
Other connection types
Manual connect (adv.)
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
WPS (PIN code method)
50
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
Wireless Direct
The following setting information on the Wireless Direct connection is displayed. (Some items are not
displayed depending on printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enable / Disable
Network (SSID)/device name DIRECT-XXXX-PRO-300series
Password XXXXXXXXXX (10 characters)
Communication mode Wireless Direct
Channel 3
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)
No. of printers connected now XX / XX
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)
MAC address (Wi-Fi) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Dis-
able
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
To change the setting, select Settings.
Enable/disable Wireless Direct
Select Yes to wirelessly connect without wireless router.
Change SSID/device name
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
51
Change password
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
Connection request confirmation
Changes the display/non-display of the confirmation screen when Wi-Fi Direct compatible devices
are connected to the printer.
Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
Wired LAN
The following setting information on the Wired LAN connection is displayed. (Some items are not
displayed depending on printer settings.)
Items Setting
Connection Enabled (connected) / Enabled (disconnected) / Disa-
ble
IPv4 address XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 subnet mask XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv4 default gateway XXX. XXX. XXX. XXX (12 characters)
IPv6 link-local address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 link-local prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 manual address XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 manual prefix length XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 1 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 2 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 3 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 stateless address 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 stateless prefix length 4 XXX (up to 3 digits)
IPv6 default gateway 1 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
52
IPv6 default gateway 2 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 default gateway 3 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
IPv6 default gateway 4 XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX:
XXXX: XXXX: XXXX: XXXX (32 characters)
MAC address (Wired LAN) XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX (12 characters)
IPsec settings Enable (ESP) / Enable (ESP & AH) / Enable (AH) / Dis-
able
Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 15 characters)
Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXX (up to 52 characters)
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
To change the setting, select Settings.
Enable/disable Wired LAN
Select Enable when connecting to wired LAN.
Advanced
For details on each setting item:
Advanced
Print details
Prints out the LAN setting information of the printer with Wi-Fi connection, wired LAN connection,
wireless direct connection.
For the items that can be checked, see the following.
Printing Network Settings
Important
Important information on your computer is stated on the paper on which the LAN setting information
is printed. Please handle with care enough.
Note
You can also print out the LAN setting information by selecting in the following order from the
HOME screen.
LAN settings > Print details
Advanced
By selecting Advanced on each setting screen of Wi-Fi connection, wired LAN connection, wireless
direct connection, LAN information can be set in detail.
53
Important
If the LAN is disabled, the following items can not be selected.
Set printer name
Specifies the printer name. You can use 2 to 15 characters for the name.
Note
You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.
You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.
TCP/IP settings
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
WSD settings
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows 10, Windows
8.1, and Windows 7).
Enable/disable WSD
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in
Windows 10, Windows 8.1, and Windows 7.
Optimize inbound WSD
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
Timeout settings
Specifies the timeout length.
Bonjour settings
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
Enable/disable Bonjour
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
Service name
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected
devices.
IEEE802.1X settings
Sets the IEEE802.1X authentication method, etc.
LPR protocol settings
Enables/Disables the LPR setting.
RAW protocol
54
Enables/Disables RAW printing.
LLMNR
Specifies ON/OFF of LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting ON allows the
printer to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
IPP settings
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
PictBridge communication
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Enable/disable communication
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Timeout setting
Specifies the timeout length.
Wi-Fi DRX settings
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using Wi-Fi.
Wired LAN DRX settings
Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when the printer is connected to a
device compatible with wired LAN.
IPsec settings
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec security.
55
PictBridge print settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
You can change the print settings when printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device when you want to print according
to the settings on the printer.
To change print settings from the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device:
Settings on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
A. Page size
Select the paper size when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
When you perform PictBridge (Wi-Fi) settings from the printer, set Paper size to Default on the
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
B. Type (Media type)
Select the media type when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
When you perform PictBridge (Wi-Fi) settings from the printer, set Paper type to Default on the
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
C. Print qlty (Print quality)
Select the print quality when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
D. Border (Bordered/Borderless print)
Select the bordered/borderless layout.
When you perform PictBridge (Wi-Fi) settings from the printer, set Layout to Default on the PictBridge
(Wi-Fi) compliant device.
E. Photo fix
56
When Auto photo fix is selected, the scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the
most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight
brighter to print. It also analyzes a scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each
scene with the most suitable color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
Note
As a default, photos on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device are printed with auto correction
applied.
If No correction is selected, photos are printed without correction.
F. Red-EyeCorrection
Select ON to correct red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography.
Depending on the type of the photo, red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be
corrected.
G. Press OK button to specify the print settings.
57
AirPrint print settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
You can change the print settings when printing using AirPrint from the macOS device or the iOS device.
Print quality settings
Color mode
Select the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Important
Even if you select ICC profile, printing is performed without ICC profile if ICC profile is not
included in the paper information added with Media Configuration Tool. Even if ICC profile is
included in the paper information, printing will fail and the paper will be ejected as the blank
paper if the Profile is not supported with the printer.
Clear coating
Specifies the clear coating area.
If you select Auto, the printer automatically sets the areas to be clear-coated and whether clear
coating is to be executed.
It may be possible to reduce the ink consumption of the chroma optimizer (CO) or to accelerate the
print speed.
If you select Overall, the printer clear-coats the entire print area.
If selecting Auto produced unsatisfactory clear coating effects, selecting Overall may improve the
results.
Important
The selection of Overall may be disabled depending on the media type and the print quality.
58
Smartphone photo print settings
You can set the correction for image quality when printing photos from the smartphone or tablet.
Auto photo fix
Selecting ON will automatically correct to the optimum image quality.
Note
Depending on the print function of the smartphone or tablet used, image correction may not be
possible.
59
Other printer settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
Date/time settings
Sets the current date and time.
Important
If a power failure occurs or you unplug the power cord, the date/time settings will be reset.
Date display format
Changes the display format of dates when printed.
Key repeat
Enables/Disables continuous input by pressing and holding down the buttons when selecting
a menu or setting item.
Use of Remote UI
Enables/Disables Remote UI.
Keyboard layout
You can select a layout to display on the LCD from the keyboard layouts below.
QWERTY
QWERTZ
AZERTY
60
Language selection
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
Changes the language for messages and menus on the LCD.
61
Firmware update
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Note
If LAN is disabled, you can not use Install update, DNS server setup, Proxy server setup.
Install update
Performs the firmware update of the printer. If you select Yes, the firmware update starts. Follow the on-
screen instructions to perform update.
Important
When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the Internet.
Note
If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server. is displayed on the LCD, press the OK button and try again
after a while.
Check current version
You can check the current firmware version.
Update notification settings
When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available, the screen to inform you of the firmware
update is displayed on the LCD.
DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
62
Paper-related settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Top feed paper settings
Set the paper size and the media type of paper loaded in the top feed.
Manual feed tray paper settings
Set the paper size and the media type of paper loaded in the manual feed tray.
Check paper replacement
If you select Yes, the printer detects that the paper is loaded or removed.
When the paper registration screen is displayed after loading paper, register the paper size and the
media type.
Det. paper setting mismatch
If you select Yes, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are the same as those
registered. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message appears on the LCD.
Register Paper Information
Advanced paper settings
Perform the following settings for each media type.
Paper thickness (head height)
Extension for borderless printing
Unidirectional printing
Pause between scans
Pause between pages
Detect paper width
If you are concerned about the printout results such as uneven colors, select ON on Unidirectional
printing.
Selecting Reset paper settings for all paper, Yes and pressing the OK button initializes the settings.
Entering the administrator password is required if it is enabled.
Print advanced paper settings
Selecting Yes and pressing the OK button prints out each setting specified in Advanced paper
settings.
Reset paper settings for all paper
Selecting Yes and pressing the OK button initializes each setting specified in Advanced paper
settings.
Entering the administrator password is required if it is enabled.
63
Energy saving settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Enabling this setting allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
Auto power off
Specifies the length of time to turn off the printer automatically when no operation is made or no printing
data is sent to the printer.
Auto power on
Selecting ON enables the printer to turn on automatically when printing data is sent to the printer.
64
Quiet setting
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Enable this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
OFF
Select when you do not use the quiet mode.
ON
Select to reduce the operating noise when printing.
Important
Operating speed is reduced compared to when OFF is selected.
This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain noise,
such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
You can set Quiet setting from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver. No matter how
you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of
the printer or printing from the computer.
65
Auto maintenance settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
Auto nozzle check
Enables/Disables automatic nozzle checking.
66
Administrator password settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
You can specify or disable the administrator password.
If you specify the administrator password, select the range and specify the administrator password.
Remote UI and other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the Remote UI or IJ
Network Device Setup Utility.
LCD, Remote UI, and other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation panel of
the printer, the Remote UI, or IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
67
Setting Administrator Password on Operation Panel
You can specify or disable the administrator password.
Specifying the administrator password requires you to enter the password to use the items or change the
settings below.
Web service setup
LAN settings
Other printer settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Energy saving settings
Quiet setting
Auto maintenance settings
Administrator password settings
Reset settings (except for Reset all)
Follow the procedure below to specify the administrator password.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2.
Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the buttons to select Printer settings and press the OK button.
4.
Use the buttons to select Administrator password settings and press the OK
button.
5. When confirmation screen to specify administrator password is displayed, select Yes and
press the OK button.
If an administrator password is not specified, the register confirmation message appears. Select Yes and
press the OK button. When the message appears again, press the OK button.
Important
The administrator password is set at the time of purchase. The printer's serial number is used as
the password.
For the administrator password, refer to Administrator Password.
68
6. When the Manage passwords screen is displayed, use the buttons to select Change
administrator password and press the OK button.
If you do not specify an administrator password, select Remove administrator password and OK
button. Select Yes and press the OK button. When the message appears again, press the OK button.
7. Use the buttons to select range where administrator password is valid and press the
OK button.
Remote UI and other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the Remote UI or
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
LCD, Remote UI, and other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation
panel of the printer, the Remote UI, or IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
8.
Enter administrator password.
Pressing the OK button displays the input screen.
Use the buttons to select OK and press the OK button when you finished entering the
administrator password.
Important
The following character restrictions apply to the password:
Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters.
The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters, blank space, umlaut
characters, and the below symbols.
- ! @ # $ % ^ & * _ ; : , . / ` = + ' " ( ) [ ] { } < > |
For security reasons, we recommend you use 8 and more alphanumeric characters.
9.
Use the buttons to select Apply and press OK button.
10.
Enter administrator password you specified again.
Pressing the OK button displays the input screen.
After you finished entering the administrator password on the password input screen, use the
buttons to select Apply and press the OK button.
The administrator password is enabled.
When You Want to Disable the Administrator Password:
After operating in the following order on the printer's operation panel, follow the on-screen instructions to
remove the administrator password.
Various settings > Printer settings > Administrator password settings > Enter the administrator
password > Remove administrator password
69
Reset settings
Select this setting item from Printer settings on Various settings.
Important
The administrator password is required to change this setting if the administrator password is enabled.
You can set the settings back to the default.
Web service setup only
Sets the Web service settings back to the default.
LAN settings only
Sets the LAN settings other than the administrator password back to the default.
Settings only
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
Reset all
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified for
the printer is set to the default setting.
Note
You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
Media information registered to the printer by using Media Configuration Tool
70
Web service setup
Select this setting item from Web service setup on Various settings.
Important
This setting item is for the administrator. The administrator password is required to change settings.
Web service usage registration/Web service usage cancellation
Registers/Deletes Web service usage to use the printer device information to/from PIXMA/MAXIFY
Cloud Link.
Web service connection setup
The following setting items are available.
Google Cloud Print setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Google Cloud Print.
IJ Cloud Printing Center setup
Registers/Deletes the printer to/from Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center.
Check Web service setup
Make sure whether the printer is registered to Google Cloud Print or Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing
Center.
Issue registration code
In order to link the web service and printer, obtain the registration code from the service origin.
DNS server setup
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
Proxy server setup
Performs settings for a proxy server. Follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
71
Printer information
Select this setting item from HOME screen.
System information
Displays printer's system information.
Error history
Displays the error history.
Up to 5 error codes appears.
For more on the error code, refer to List of Support Code for Error.
72
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer Used in Shared
Environment)
Reducing the Printer Noise
73
Registering a Changed Printing Profile
You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog. The registered printing profile
can be called up from Presets to be used. You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile.
The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
In the Print dialog, set the necessary items
2.
Select Save Current Settings as Preset... from the Presets
3.
Save the settings
In the displayed dialog, enter a name in Preset Name, and if necessary, set Preset Available For.
Then click OK.
Important
There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset.
Using Registered Printing Profile
1. On Presets in the Print dialog, select the name of printing profile you want to use
Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile.
74
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
In the print dialog, select Show Presets... in the Presets section. Then in the dialog that appears,
select the name of the printing profile to be deleted.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete, and click OK. The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets.
75
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
The Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent
or the printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1.
Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
2.
Click Energy saving settings
3.
Complete the following settings:
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
4.
Apply the settings
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
76
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows:
1. Select Custom Settings from the pop-up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
Note
If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, a message may be displayed because
the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer.
If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
2.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
Detects compatible media in the multi-purpose tray
Detects whether compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray during printing using the
multi-purpose tray, and displays a message if compatible media is not loaded.
Check this check box to detect whether compatible media is loaded when printing.
Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether compatible media is loaded.
Important
If you leave this check box unchecked, the printer may print to the multi-purpose tray even if
compatible media is not loaded on the multi-purpose tray. Therefore, you should check this
check box under normal circumstances.
If you load compatible media that has already been printed onto the multi-purpose tray, the
printer may detect that no compatible media is loaded on the multi-purpose tray. In this case,
uncheck this check box.
Don't detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and the
paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message display
and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Disable paper width detection when printing from computer
Even if the paper width identified by the printer during printing from the computer differs from the
paper width that was set for Paper Size in the print dialog box, this function disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of the paper width during printing, check this check box.
3. Apply the settings
Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
77
Updating Media Information in Printer Driver
This function gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the
printer driver.
When the media information is updated, the media displayed for Media Type on the Quality & Media
screen is updated to the latest information.
The procedure for updating media information is described below.
Update Media Information
1.
From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Media Information
2.
Click Update Media Information
A dialog appears.
3.
Check that the media information has updated
By following the dialog instructions, check that the printer is on, and then click OK.
After checking whether or not the printer media information needs to be updated, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is up to date, click OK and finish updating media information.
If the information needs to be updated, follow the below steps to do so:
4.
Update media information
Check the message and click Update.
The printer driver media information will update.
When the authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Helper.
Important
It may take some time to update the media information.
Do not change media information on the printer while you are updating media information on
the driver.
5. Finish updating media information
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The media information will be updated.
Important
Restart the application or software you are printing from after updating media information.
78
Important
Ensure that a user with administrator privileges carries out the media information update.
Users other than administrators can check if a media information update is required, but cannot carry
out the update itself.
When you have added, deleted, or edited media using administrative tools (the Media Configuration
Tool) but have not updated the media information, issues may arise such as the inability to print.
Note
If the printer is being shared, Correct Media Information will display on the client machine.
79
Correcting Media Information in Printer Driver (When Printer
Used in Shared Environment)
The printer driver media information will be corrected.
Carrying out a media information correction will correct the configuration of the media information in the
printer driver.
The procedure for correcting media information is described below.
Correct Media Information
1.
From the Canon IJ Printer Utility2 pop-up menu, select Media Information
2.
Click Correct Media Information
After checking whether or not the printer driver's media information is correct, a message will be
displayed.
If the printer media information is set correctly, click OK and finish correcting media information.
If the information needs to be corrected, follow the below steps to do so:
3.
Correct media information
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer driver media information will be corrected.
When the authentication screen appears, enter the administrator's name and password, and then click
Install Helper.
4.
Complete media information correction
When a confirmation message appears, click OK.
The paper information will be corrected.
Important
Restart the application or software you are printing from after correcting media information.
Note
Media Information will only be displayed on the client machine in use when the printer is being
shared.
80
Reducing the Printer Noise
The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce
the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
1.
Select Printer settings from Remote UI
2.
Click Quiet setting
3.
Set the quiet mode
If necessary, specify one of the following items:
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
4.
Apply the settings
Click OK.
The settings are enabled hereafter.
81
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser
Configuration Changes Using Web Browser
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser
Setting Password
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication
(Remote UI)
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for SSL
Communication
Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate)
82
Configuration Changes Using Web Browser
You can check the printer status and change the printer settings using the web browser on your
smartphone, tablet, or computer.
To check the printer status and to change the printer settings, display "Remote UI" on the web browser.
Note
Remote UI is a software that enables you to perform operations, which are usually performed on the
printer's operation panel, using a Web browser over a network.
LAN connection with the printer is required to use Remote UI.
You can use Remote UI on the following OS and the web browser.
iOS device
OS: iOS 11.0 or later
Web browser: iOS standard Web browser (Mobile Safari)
Android device
OS: Android 4.4 or later
Web browser: Android standard Web browser (Chrome)
macOS device
OS: Mac OS X v10.10 or later
Web browser: Safari 10.0 or later
Windows device
OS: Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 7 SP1 or later
Web browser: Internet Explorer 11 or later, Google Chrome, or Mozilla Firefox
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2.
Check printer's IP address.
1. Display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, select the HOME button.
2. Use the buttons to select LAN settings on HOME screen and press the OK
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
The setup menu screen will appear.
3. Use the buttons to select enabled LAN, and press the OK button.
83
Diagonal lines are displayed for disabled LAN icons.
4. Use the buttons, check the IPv4 address.
3.
Open web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer and enter IP address.
Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser.
http://XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Enter the IP address in "XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX".
When you access, "Remote UI" will be displayed on the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or
computer.
4.
If you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, select
For secure communication.
Download the root certificate, and then register it.
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL Communication (Remote UI)
Note
Once you register the root certificate to the web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer,
this step is not necessary after the next time.
If all settings are set back to the default from the printer's operation panel, download the root
certificate again, and then register it.
If the root certificate is not registered, a message to warn you that the secure connection is not
guaranteed may appear.
5.
Select Log in.
The password authentication screen appears.
Note
When the standard user mode is enabled, choose either administrator mode or standard user
mode to log in.
After choosing a mode and selecting Log in, the password authentication screen of each mode
appears.
6. Enter password.
When the password authentication is complete, the menus that can be utilized are displayed on the web
browser.
Important
The password is set at the time of purchase. The password is the printer serial number. The
printer serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric
characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers).
84
For details on setting password, see Setting Password.
7. Check printer status and change printer settings.
For changeable setting items, see below.
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser
8.
When you finish checking printer status and changing printer settings, select Log out.
9.
Close web browser.
85
Changeable Setting Items Using Web Browser
Note
The items described here and the items displayed in the web browser may differ in display order.
The item which can be used is different in administrator mode or in standard user mode.
Items for Security
Security (Item for administrator)
This function allows you to specify the password, the standard user mode settings, and SSL/TLS
settings of certificate for encrypted communication.
For details on setting password, see Setting Password.
Items for Maintenance/Management
Utilities
This function allows you to set and perform maintenance such as cleaning.
System info and LAN settings
This function allows you to check the system information and to change the LAN settings.
If you place a check mark of Enable HTTPS redirection in CHMP settings in Advanced setup in
LAN settings, it becomes possible to authenticate the communication partner and encrypt the
communication data by HTTPS communication.
Note
Some of the menu is available only when you are logged in administrator mode.
Firmware update (Item for administrator)
This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information.
Language selection (Item for administrator)
This function allows you to change the language on the display.
Items for Printer
Printer settings
This function allows you to change the printer settings such as the energy saving settings, and the
print settings.
Note
Some of the menu is available only when you are logged in administrator mode.
AirPrint settings
This function allows you to perform print settings when printing using AirPrint from the macOS device
or the iOS device.
86
Web service connection setup (Item for administrator)
This function allows you to register to Google Cloud Print or IJ Cloud Printing Center, or delete a
registration.
Other Items
Printer status
This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed
error information.
You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services.
Manual (Online)
This function displays the Online Manual.
87
Setting Password
Each of passwords for administrator and standard user can be set.
When logging in with password for administrator, all settings can be changed.
When logging in with password for standard user, some of the settings can be changed.
When logging in with password for administrator, you can restrict the function for standard user.
Setting Administrator Password
Setting Standard User Password
Note
Password can be set only when you are logged in administrator mode.
Setting Administrator Password
Change the administrator password by following the steps below.
Important
The password is set at the time of purchase. The password is the printer serial number. The printer
serial number is printed on the sticker attached on the printer. It consists of 9 alphanumeric
characters (four alphabets followed by five numbers).
1.
Display printer status on web browser.
2.
Select Security.
The menus are displayed.
3.
Select Administrator password setting.
4.
Select Change administrator password.
If the administrator password is not set, registration confirming message is displayed. Select Yes.
When message is displayed again, select OK.
5. Select range where administrator password is valid and select OK.
Remote UI and other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the Remote UI
or some software.
Operation panel/Remote UI/other tools
Entering the administrator password is required to change the setting items using the operation
panel of the printer, the Remote UI, or some software.
6.
Enter a password, and then select OK.
88
Important
The following character restrictions apply to the password:
Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters.
The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters, blank space, umlaut
characters, and the below characters.
- ! @ # $ % ^ & * _ ; : , . / ` = + ' " ( ) { } [ ] < > |
For security reasons, we recommend you use 8 and more alphanumeric characters.
7.
When the completion message is displayed, select OK.
Setting Standard User Password
Enable the standard user mode and set a standard user password by following the steps below.
1.
Display printer status on web browser.
2.
Select Security.
The menus are displayed.
3.
Select Standard user mode settings.
4.
When the confirming message is displayed, select Yes.
5.
Enter a password, and then select OK.
Important
The following character restrictions apply to the password:
Set the password by using 4 to 32 characters.
The allowed characters are single-byte alphanumeric characters, blank space, umlaut
characters, and the below characters.
- ! @ # $ % ^ & * _ ; : , . / ` = + ' " ( ) { } [ ] < > |
For security reasons, we recommend you use 8 and more alphanumeric characters.
6. When the completion message is displayed, select OK.
89
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Web Browser for SSL
Communication (Remote UI)
If the printer's root certificate has not been registered to the web browser, a message to warn you that the
secure connection is not guaranteed may appear.
When you display Remote UI for the first time on your smartphone, tablet, or computer, download the root
certificate, and then register it to the web browser. The secure connection will be confirmed and a message
will not appear. However, the message may appear depending on a web browser even after you have
registered the root certificate.
How to register the root certificate varies depending on the web browser.
For Internet Explorer
For Safari
For Chrome on Android
For Mobile Safari on iOS
Operating procedure may differ depending on the version of your web browser. For other web browser, refer
to each help.
Important
Make sure that you have accessed to the printer IP address correctly by checking the URL field of the
web browser before registering the root certificate.
If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using
Remote UI.
For details, see Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate).
For Internet Explorer
1.
Select Download on Remote UI.
Downloading the root certificate is started.
2. If confirmation screen appears, select Open.
Certificate screen is displayed.
Note
To save the certificate file to your device and register it, select Save. Select Internet options
from Tool menu of Internet Explorer, register the root certificate from Certificates on Content
sheet.
3.
Select Install Certificate.
Certificate Import Wizard screen is displayed.
4. Select Next.
90
5. Select Place all certificates in the following store.
6. Select Browse.
Select Certificate Store screen is displayed.
7. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities and OK.
8.
Select Next on Certificate Import Wizard screen.
9.
If Completing the Certificate Import Wizard appears, select Finish.
Security Warning screen is displayed.
10.
Make sure that thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when operated in the following order from the printer's operation
panel.
Printer information > System information
11.
If thumbprint on Security Warning screen matches printer's thumbprint, select Yes.
12.
Select OK on Certificate Import Wizard screen.
The root certificate registration is completed.
For Safari
1.
Select Download on Remote UI.
Downloading the root certificate is started.
2.
Open the downloaded file.
Add Certificates screen is displayed.
3.
Select Add.
4. Make sure that thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when operated in the following order from the printer's operation
panel.
Printer information > System information
91
5. If thumbprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, select Always
Trust.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.
For Chrome on Android
1.
Select Download on Remote UI.
Downloading the root certificate is started and then Name the certificate screen is displayed.
2.
As entering the root certificate name is required, enter an arbitrary certificate name and
select OK.
The root certificate registration is completed.
Note
If PIN or password is not set as security type, the attention screen may appear. Select OK, and
then set the security type to PIN or password.
After Root Certificate Registration
We recommend that you make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered.
To make sure that the correct root certificate has been registered, make sure that thumbprint of
certificate information matches printer's thumbprint. Follow the steps below.
Note
Some Android devices cannot be checked the thumbprint of a registered route certificate.
1.
From Settings menu on your device, select Security, Trust credentials, and USER.
The list of downloaded certificates appears.
2. Select downloaded certificate.
The certificate information appears.
3. Make sure that thumbprint of certificate information matches printer's thumbprint.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when operated in the following order from the printer's operation
panel.
Printer information > System information
4. If thumbprint of certificate information screen matches printer's thumbprint, select OK.
92
The root certificate registration is completed.
If the message to warn you that the secure connection is not guaranteed appears when you select
Log in on Remote UI after registering the root certificate, restart the web browser. The message will
not appear on the web browser.
Note
Depending on the Android device, a warning may appear even after registering the proper root
certificate.
For Mobile Safari on iOS
1.
Select Download on Remote UI.
Downloading the root certificate is started and then Install Profile screen is displayed.
2.
Select Install.
Warning screen is displayed.
Note
If a password is set on your device, entering a password may be required.
3.
Select Install.
4.
Select Install on displayed dialog.
The root certificate registration is completed.
93
Registering Printer's Root Certificate to Local Computer for
SSL Communication
To print from your computer or use Device Management Console and so on, when you connect the printer
to a computer using SSL encrypted communication, you need to register (import) the printer's root certificate
to your computer.
Procedure to register the certificate varies depending on your operation environment.
Important
If the printer is connected via IPv6 using Windows, you need to generate a server certificate using
Remote UI.
For details, see Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate).
For Windows 10/Windows 8.1
For Windows 7
For macOS
Operation procedure may differ depending on your OS version.
For Windows 10/Windows 8.1
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in Windows 10/Windows 8.1.
1.
Start up Remote UI.
2.
Select For secure communication.
Note
You can download a certificate from Status Monitor.
1. Open status monitor.
Open the Printing Preferance, and select Enable Status Monitor on Main.
2.
Download a certificate.
Select Download Security Certificate from the Remote UI menu.
3. Select Download.
The root certificate will be downloaded.
4. When download confirmation screen is displayed, select Open.
The Certificate screen appears.
5.
Select Install Certificate.
94
The Certificate Import Wizard screen appears.
6. Select Local Machine.
1. Select Local Machine on the startup screen of Certificate Import Wizard.
2.
Select Next.
3.
Select Yes on the displayed screen.
The Certificate Store screen appears.
7.
Select Place all certificates in the following store.
8.
Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities.
1. Select Browse to open the Select Certificate Store screen.
2. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities from the list and select OK.
3. Select Next on the Certificate Store screen.
9. Select Finish.
When the Completing the Certificate Import Wizard screen appears, check the settings and select
Finish.
95
For Windows 7
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in Windows 7.
Important
Be sure to create a certificate snap-in before importing a root certificate.
The root certificate will be registered to the local user if you import it without creating a certificate
snap-in.
Creating Certificate Snap-in
1.
Start up Microsoft Management Console.
Enter MMC on Search programs and files in the Start menu and press the Enter key.
2.
Select Yes on displayed screen.
3.
Select Add/Remove Snap-in from File menu.
The Add or Remove Snap-ins screen appears.
4.
Add Certificate snap-in.
1.
Select Certificates from Available snap-ins list and select Add.
2. Select Computer account for This snap-in will always manage certificates for on the Certificates
snap-in screen and select Next.
3. Select Local computer on the Select computer screen and select Finish.
4. Select OK on the Add or Remove Snap-ins screen.
96
Downloading Certificate
1. Start up Remote UI.
2. Select For secure communication.
Note
You can download a certificate from Status Monitor.
1.
Open status monitor.
Open the Printing Preferences, and select Enable Status Monitor on Main.
2.
Download a certificate.
Select Download Security Certificate from the Remote UI menu.
3.
Select Download.
4.
Select Save.
Importing Certificate
1.
Open Certificate Import Wizard.
1. On the left window, open Trusted Root Certificate from Certificate on Console Root.
2.
Right-click Certificates and select Import from All tasks.
2.
Specify certificate file to import.
1. Select Next.
2. Specify the certificate file to import on File name and select Next.
3. Specify certificate store.
1. Select Place all certificates in the following store.
2. Select Trusted Root Certificate Authorities for Certificates Store.
4. Finish certificate import wizard.
1. Select Next and check the specified settings.
2. Select Finish to finish the wizard.
97
3. Select OK on the displayed screen.
Checking Imported Certificate
Make sure the imported certificate has been registered to your computer.
1. Display certificate list.
On the left window of Microsoft Management Console, select Console Root > Certificates (Local
Computer) > Trusted Root Certificate Authorities in this order, and select Certificates to display
the certificate list.
2.
Check registered certificate.
Make sure the imported certificate name is displayed on the list.
Note
Make sure you can see the registered certificate from Current user by creating the Current
user snap-in.
Note
When you finish Microsoft Management Console, a message asking you whether to save the console
setting. If you continue to apply the same settings next, select Yes to save.
For macOS
The procedure below describes how to import a root certificate in macOS.
1.
Start up Remote UI.
2.
Select For secure communication.
3.
Select Download.
The root certificate will be downloaded.
4. Open downloaded certificate file.
When the download procedure is completed, a downloaded item pops up on the right of the screen.
Double-click the downloaded certificate on the list starts up Keychain Access and the Add
Certificates screen appears.
Note
If the downloaded item does not pop up, select the Show Downloads button on the
right.
98
Selecting the magnifying glass icon on the right of download list displays the folder containing
the certificate.
5.
Select Add.
Select the destination for the certificate on Keychain.
Selecting Add displays information on the certificate.
Note
You can add the certificate by selecting the same certificate on Keychain Access. Check the
name of certification to add after selecting View Certificates.
6.
Check certificate.
Make sure the fingerprint of certificate shown on Details corresponds with the root certificate
thumbprint of the printer.
The printer's thumbprint is displayed in Root cert. thumbprint (SHA-1) column or Root cert.
thumbprint (SHA-256) column when operated in the following order from the printer's operation
panel.
Printer information > System information
7.
Select Always Trust.
If the fingerprint of certificate detail information matches printer's thumbprint, display information on
certificate from the menu or by double-clicking the certificate, and select Always Trust on Trust.
The root certificate has been registered.
Note
Entering the password may be required if you specify it for your printer.
99
Generating Server Certificate (Self-signed Certificate)
When you use SSL connection via IPv6 network, you need to generate an IPv6 server certificate using the
printer.
Generate the server certificate from Remote UI.
Follow the procedure below.
Step1
Checking Printer's IP Address
Step2
Generating Server Certificate
Step3
Checking Generated Server Certificate
Important
If you generate an IPv6 server certificate, you cannot use SSL communication via IPv4. In addition, a
warning message may appear if you are using Remote UI.
To reset the IPv6 server certificate, operate in the following order from the Remote UI.
Security > SSL/TLS settings > Delete key and certificate > OK
Checking Printer's IP Address
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2.
Display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, select the HOME button.
3.
Use the buttons to select LAN settings and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the buttons to select the enabled LAN and press the OK button.
Diagonal lines are displayed for disabled LAN icons.
5. Use the buttons to check the value on IPv6 link-local address.
Write down the value on IPv6 link-local address for your reference when you open Remote UI and
generate a server certificate.
100
Generating Server Certificate
1. Open web browser on your smartphone, tablet, or computer and enter the printer IP
address.
Enter as following in the URL field of the web browser.
http://[XXXX::XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX]
On "XXXX::XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX", enter the abbreviation value on "3-2-16 Link Local Address".
The top screen of Remote UI appears.
2.
Select Log in on Remote UI.
Note
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.
3.
Select Security.
4.
Select SSL/TLS settings.
5.
Select Generate key and certificate.
6.
Select Generate self-signed cert.
The Generate self-signed cert screen appears.
Specify each setting item.
Signature algorithm
Select SHA256.
Public key length (bits)
Select 2048 bits.
Specify the expiration date.
Enter the date you generated the server certificate on Valid from.
Enter the date the server certificate expires on Valid to.
Enter the common name.
Enter the value in Common name you checked and wrote down on "3-2-16 Link Local Address".
Note
When you enter the common name, add [ ] to each end of the printer's IP address.
Do not use a comma or make a space for the common name.
7. Select Next.
You need not enter anything on Country, State or province, Locality, Organization, Organizational
unit or Subject Alternative Names.
101
8. Select Generate.
The server certificate starts to be generated.
When the server certificate has been generated, Generated a self-signed certificate. appears.
9. Select Restart LAN.
LAN will be restarted.
When LAN has been restarted, Printer status on Remote UI appears.
Note
If you cannot access to Remote UI after you restart LAN, reload your web browser.
Checking Generated Server Certificate
1.
Select Security on Remote UI.
2.
Select SSL/TLS settings.
The SSL/TLS settings screen appears.
3.
Select Check key and certificate.
The Check key and certificate screen appears.
Make sure the issuer of the root certificate is displayed on Issued by, and the value you entered on
Common name on Subject.
102
Printer Parts
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
Power Supply
103
Front View
A: Top Cover
Open to replace an ink tank or to remove jammed paper inside the printer.
B: Top Feed
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
C: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
D: Paper Support
Open to load paper in the top feed.
E: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
F: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
104
Operation Panel
G: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Open it before printing.
H: Output Tray Extension
Open to support ejected paper.
I: Paper Output Support
Pull out to support ejected paper.
J: Multi-purpose Tray Guide
Place the multi-purpose tray here.
K: Multi-purpose Tray Storage Compartment
The multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer can be stored here.
L: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
M: ON button
Turns the power on or off.
Turning the Printer On and Off
N: Stop button
Cancels a print job in progress.
105
Rear View
A: Paper Support
Pull out to load paper in the manual feed tray.
B: Manual Feed Tray
Load one sheet of 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) size paper or larger, or thick paper at a time.
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
C: Paper Jam Clearing button
Press this button when removing paper jammed in the manual feed tray.
D: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
E: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
F: Wired LAN Connector
Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN.
G: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
Important
Do not touch the metal casing.
Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while the printer is printing with the computer. This
can cause trouble.
106
Inside View
A: Print Head Lock Lever
Locks the print head into place.
B: Print Head Holder
Install the print head here.
Important
Do not raise the print head lock lever after installing the print head.
Note
For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing Ink Tanks.
107
Power Supply
Checking that Power Is On
Turning the Printer On and Off
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplugging the Printer
108
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 3 minutes. To restore the display, press any
button or perform the print operation. You cannot change the wait time before the LCD turns off.
109
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
When the power is turned on, the printer may start mixing the ink to maintain optimal ink quality
(about 1 to 2 minutes).
If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.
You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print operation is performed from a
computer connected by USB cable or via network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
Energy saving settings
From the computer
Managing the Printer Power (Windows)
Managing the Printer Power (macOS)
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
110
Important
When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON
lamp is off.
Note
You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print
jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
Energy saving settings
From the computer
Managing the Printer Power (Windows)
Managing the Printer Power (macOS)
111
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
The power plug/power cord is hot.
The power plug/power cord is rusty.
The power plug/power cord is bent.
The power plug/power cord is worn.
The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord
and contact your nearest Canon service center. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions
above may cause a fire or an electric shock.
112
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print
head and print quality may be reduced.
1.
Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
2.
Confirm that the ON lamp is off.
3.
Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
113
Handling Paper, Multi-purpose Tray, etc.
Loading Paper
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
114
Loading Paper
Paper Sources
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
Register Paper Information
115
Paper Sources
The printer has two paper sources for feeding paper, the top feed (A) and manual feed tray (B).
Top Feed
Load paper from 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) size to A3+ size.
Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed
automatically one sheet at a time.
Load plain paper in the top feed.
Manual Feed Tray
Load paper from 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) size to A3+ size.
Load a sheet of paper at a time.
Load thick paper such as art paper in the manual feed tray.
Supported Media Types
Paper Load Limit
Note
When printing, select the correct page size, media type, and paper source. If you select the wrong page
size or media type, the printer may not print with the proper print quality.
For details on how to load paper in each paper source, see below.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
116
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
117
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
You can load multiple sheets of paper of the same type and size in the top feed.
Important
If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a
paper jam.
Note
We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos. For details on the Canon genuine
paper, see Supported Media Types.
You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
Print in an environment (temperature and humidity) suitable to the paper in use. For the temperature
and humidity conditions of Canon genuine papers, refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied
instructions.
1.
Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may
cause paper jams.
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2. Open the paper support (A) of the top feed.
3. Open the paper output tray (B) gently.
118
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide (C) is open, be sure to close it.
4. Open the output tray extension (D), then pull out the paper output support (E).
5.
Open the feed slot cover (F).
6. Slide right paper guide (G) to open both paper guides and load the paper in the center of
the top feed WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
119
7. Slide right paper guide (G) to align both paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (H). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (I)
can cause paper jams.
Note
Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (J).
120
For loading long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), the leading
edges of paper are lifted depending on the paper weight and printouts may be misaligned.
Prevent the leading edges of paper from lifting by holding the parts protruding from the tray or
other ways.
8. Close feed slot cover gently.
The paper information registration screen for the top feed is displayed on the LCD.
9.
Select the size and type of paper loaded in the top feed at Page size and Type, select
Register, then press the OK button.
Note
There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the top feed matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
121
For printing on long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), hold ejected
paper with your hand or use the printer at the location that paper does not fall. If paper falls, the printed
surface may get dirty or be damaged. If you hold paper with your hand, do not pull it forcibly while
printing.
122
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
You can load one sheet of 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) size paper or larger in the manual feed tray at a time.
Note
We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos. For details on the Canon genuine
paper, see Supported Media Types.
Print in an environment (temperature and humidity) suitable to the paper in use. For the temperature
and humidity conditions of Canon genuine papers, refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied
instructions.
The manual feed tray does not accept plain paper. When printing on plain paper, load it in the top feed.
1.
Prepare paper.
If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is
Scratched.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2.
Open the manual feed tray (A), then extend the paper support (B).
3.
Open the paper output tray (C) gently.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide (D) is open, be sure to close it.
4. Open the output tray extension (E), then pull out the paper output support (F).
123
5.
Slide the paper guides (G) to open them, and load ONLY ONE SHEET OF PAPER in the
center of the manual feed tray WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
6.
Slide the paper guides (G) to align them with both sides of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
124
Important
Always load paper in the portrait orientation (H). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (I)
can cause paper jams.
7.
Check if the paper is set properly in the manual feed tray.
Make sure that the paper is set firmly against the bottom of the manual feed tray and against the paper
guides by slightly jiggling the paper up and down.
8.
Select the size and type of paper loaded in the manual feed tray at Page size and Type,
select Register, then press the OK button.
Note
To continue printing from the manual feed tray, wait until printing is complete, then load the next sheet.
125
There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper
loaded on the manual feed tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in
accordance with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if
these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check
and correct the paper settings.
For loading long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), the leading edges of
paper are lifted depending on the paper weight and printouts may be misaligned. Prevent the leading
edges of paper from lifting by holding the parts protruding from the tray or other ways.
When printing on long-length paper, hold ejected paper with your hand or use the printer at the location
that paper does not fall. If paper falls, the printed surface may get dirty or be damaged. If you hold
paper with your hand, do not pull it forcibly while printing.
126
Register Paper Information
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the top feed or the manual feed tray, you can
prevent the printer from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or
the media type of the loaded paper differs from the paper settings.
Note
The default setting for displaying the message which prevents misprinting varies depending on the
printing method.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
When you load paper in the top feed and close the feed slot cover, or
load paper in the manual feed tray:
The screen to register the paper information is displayed.
If the loaded paper matches the paper information displayed on the printer's LCD, select Register using
the buttons and press the printer's OK button.
If it is different, select Page size or Type and press the printer's OK button. Then register the correct
paper information.
Important
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
127
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
When the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper
information registered in the printer:
Ex:
Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing: A5
Paper information for the top feed registered in the printer: A4
When you start printing, a message is displayed.
When you press the printer's OK button, the paper settings specified when printing are displayed on the
LCD.
128
Select Next using the buttons and press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action using the buttons and press the printer's OK button.
Note
Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A5 and the paper information for the top
feed is registered as A4, select this option to print on A4 paper loaded in the top feed with the A5
setting.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the top feed.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A5 and the paper information for the top
feed is registered as A4, select this option to print after replacing the paper in the top feed with A5
paper.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for
the top feed appears. Register the paper information in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the top feed, press the printer's
Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified at printing. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
129
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
When you print without using the printer driver (when printing from the printer's operation
panel or smartphone/tablet):
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing without using the printer
driver:
Paper-related settings
When you print using the printer driver:
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Important
When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:
The printer starts printing even though the paper settings for printing and the paper information
registered to the printer are different.
130
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Placing a Printable Disc
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
131
Cautions When Printing with Multi-purpose Tray
Cautions Common to using Multi-purpose Tray
Be sure to use the multi-purpose tray supplied with this printer.
Do not mount the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation.
Do not remove the multi-purpose tray while the printer is in operation. Doing so may damage the
printer, the multi-purpose tray, or the media.
Do not get dirt on the multi-purpose tray or scratches on the reflectors. The printer may not be able to
recognize that a media is loaded, or printing may become misaligned. If the multi-purpose tray
becomes dirty, wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth, taking care not to scratch it.
After printing, allow the printing surface of the media to dry naturally. Do not use hairdryers or expose
the media to direct sunlight to dry the ink. Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried.
Cautions When Printing onto Printable Disc
Remove any dirt from the multi-purpose tray before placing printable discs on it. Loading discs on a
dirty multi-purpose tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs.
Do not print onto printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing. The ink will not dry and
may cause problems with the disc itself or DVD players or other devices it is loaded into.
Do not print onto a printable disc's recording surface. Doing so will make data recorded onto discs
unreadable.
Hold printable discs by their edges. Do not touch either the label surface (printing surface) or
recording surface.
The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if software other than Easy-PhotoPrint Editor is used.
Cautions When Printing on Printable Nail Stickers
For precautions on Printable Nail Stickers, refer to the instructions supplied with the Printable Nail
Stickers.
The multi-purpose tray may become dirty if an application other than Nail Stickers Creator is used.
132
Placing a Printable Disc
Before Placing a Printable Disc
Placing a Printable Disc
Removing a Printable Disc
133
Before Placing a Printable Disc
A printable disc differs from regular disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.) in that its label surface has been specially
processed or printing by an inkjet printer.
The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc.
Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
* Use the multi-purpose tray with "A" on the surface.
4.72 in. (12 cm) printable disc
Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing.
134
Placing a Printable Disc
To print onto a printable disc, place it on the supplied multi-purpose tray, and then insert it into the printer.
Important
Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load the printable disc
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
Remove any paper in the manual feed tray.
Note
If test printing is executed onto test printing paper, depending on the paper type, the printer may not be
able to read its size correctly, preventing the border areas from being printed. Test printing paper
should be used for purposes of checking the envisioned layout.
1.
Take out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
2.
Open the paper output tray (A) gently.
3. When message prompting you to load printable disc appears, open the multi-purpose tray
guide (B).
135
4.
Place printable disc on multi-purpose tray.
Important
Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing a printable disc on it.
When placing a printable disc on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the printing surface of the
disc or the reflectors (C) on the multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place printable disc, and press it against lock (D) at bottom.
136
2. While pressing down lock with printable disc, insert top of printable disc into slits (E).
5.
Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
6. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow ( ) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow ( ) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
137
Note
The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
138
Removing a Printable Disc
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2.
Close the multi-purpose tray guide.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide is opened, you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly.
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed.
3. While pressing down lock (A), take out printable disc from slits (B) on multi-purpose tray,
and remove it.
Important
Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the multi-purpose tray.
139
Note
Allow the printing surface to dry before removing the disc. If you see printing on the multi-purpose
tray or on the transparent parts of the inner or outer diameters of the printable disc, wipe them
clean after the printing surface has dried.
4.
Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, store it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
140
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
141
Before Placing Printable Nail Stickers
The following items are needed to print onto Printable Nail Stickers.
Multi-purpose tray (supplied with the printer)
* Use the multi-purpose tray with "A" on the surface.
Printable Nail Stickers (NL-101)
Note
For the latest information on Printable Nail Stickers, access our website.
142
Placing Printable Nail Stickers
To print onto Printable Nail Stickers, place them on the multi-purpose tray supplied with the printer, and then
insert them into the printer.
Important
Do not mount the multi-purpose tray until the message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers
appears. Doing so can damage the printer.
1.
Take out multi-purpose tray from multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
2.
Open the paper output tray (A) gently.
3. When message prompting you to load Printable Nail Stickers appears, open the multi-
purpose tray guide (B).
143
4.
Place Printable Nail Stickers on multi-purpose tray.
Important
Check that there is no dirt on the multi-purpose tray before placing Printable Nail Stickers on it.
To prevent getting dirt or fingerprints on Printable Nail Stickers, hold the stickers by their edges. If
the print side gets any dirt or is damaged, it may cause poor print quality.
When placing Printable Nail Stickers on the multi-purpose tray, do not touch the reflectors (C) on
the multi-purpose tray.
1. WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP, place Printable Nail Stickers and press it against lock (D) at
bottom.
144
2. While pressing down lock with Printable Nail Stickers, insert two tabs (E) on top into slits (F)
on multi-purpose tray.
5.
Place multi-purpose tray on multi-purpose tray guide.
6. Insert multi-purpose tray straight in in horizontal direction until arrow ( ) on multi-purpose
tray guide is approximately aligned with arrow (
) on multi-purpose tray.
Important
Do not insert the multi-purpose tray beyond the arrow ( ) on the multi-purpose tray guide.
145
Note
The multi-purpose tray may be ejected after a certain amount of time passes. In such a case, follow the
on-screen instructions to place the multi-purpose tray again.
146
Removing Printable Nail Stickers
1. Pull out multi-purpose tray.
2.
Close the multi-purpose tray guide.
Important
If the multi-purpose tray guide is opened, you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly.
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed.
3. Remove Printable Nail Stickers.
While pressing down lock (A), remove two tabs (B) on the top out of slits (C).
Important
Do not touch the printing surface when removing Printable Nail Stickers.
147
Note
Allow the printing surface to dry before removing Printable Nail Stickers. If you see printing on the
multi-purpose tray or outside the Printable Nail Stickers, wipe them clean after the printing surface
has dried.
4.
Peel a sheet of Printable Nail Stickers from adapter.
Important
Allow the printing surface to dry before tearing off Printable Nail Stickers from its edges.
5.
Insert multi-purpose tray straight into multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
When not using the multi-purpose tray, insert it in the multi-purpose tray storage compartment.
148
Network
Available Connection Methods
The following connection methods are available on the printer.
Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the
printer.
When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
Wireless Direct
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on
your device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears,
disconnect a device you do not use and configure settings again.
Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
Wired Connection
Connect the printer and hub/router using a LAN cable. Prepare a LAN cable.
149
Note
You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB
cable. For details, see Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
To change network connection method:
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Changing the Connection Mode
To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Connecting with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
For macOS:
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips
Changing Printer's Setting Using Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network Settings and Common Problems for troubleshooting on network connection.
150
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
151
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection.
Connect via wireless router
You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time.
Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac. IEEE802.11a and IEEE802.11n (5 GHz) may not be
supported depending on the country or region you live in. Check if your device supports IEEE802.11n,
IEEE802.11g, IEEE802.11b or IEEE802.11a.
If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
When connecting to Wi-Fi outdoors, do not connect to a 5 GHz network (SSID).
The 5 GHz band available for use with the printer includes the channels that are allowed for indoor
use only, depending on your country or region.
For details on the 5 GHz network (SSID) of your wireless router, see the manual supplied with the
wireless router, or contact its manufacturer.
For office use, consult your network administrator.
Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer in
Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
152
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
Connection Using a Wired Network
You cannot establish a printer with wireless and wired connections at the same time.
When using a router, connect the printer and computer to the LAN side (same network segment).
153
Network Connection Tips
Default Network Settings
Detect Same Printer Name
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi
Connection
Connecting with Wireless Direct
154
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Change wireless/wired LAN Wired LAN
Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4) Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 minutes
Enable/disable Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon PRO-300 series
LPR protocol settings Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Enable
PictBridge communication Enable
Wired LAN DRX settings Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
Network name (SSID) DIRECT-abXX-PRO-300series *1
Password YYYYYYYYYY *2
Wi-Fi security WPA2-PSK (AES)
Connection request confirmation Displayed
155
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
156
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
For Windows:
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
For macOS:
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
You can check the serial number by displaying on the LCD.
Printer information
157
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to
LAN Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click
here and perform setup.
158
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.
1.
Check that printer is turned on and display the Home screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button.
2.
Load three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3.
Select LAN settings on the Home screen and press the OK button.
4.
Select Print details and press the OK button.
5.
Check message, select Yes and press the OK button.
6.
When the confirmation screen for printing passwords appears, select Yes or No and press
the OK button.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details http://canon.com/ijnwt
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
159
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz)
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XXX (1 to 13, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64, 100, 104, 108,
112, 116, 120, 124, 128, 132, 136, 140, 149, 153, 157, 161,
165)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method None/WEP/TKIP/AES
3-2-9 WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method None/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
160
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-30 Manual Setting Manual Setting Enable/Disable
3-2-31 IP Address IP Address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-32 Subnet Prefix Length Subnet Prefix Length XXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH
3-2-35 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless LAN)
Enable/Disable
3-3 Wireless Direct Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password (10 alphanumeric characters)
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
161
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method
3-3-17 Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous recep-
tion (wireless direct)
Enable/Disable
4 Wired LAN Wired LAN Enable/Disable
4-1 MAC Address MAC Address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
4-2 Connection Connection Active/Inactive
4-3 TCP/IPv4 Operation mode for
TCP/IPv4
Enable
4-4 IP Address IP Address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-5 Subnet Mask Subnet Mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-6 Default Gateway Default Gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
4-7 TCP/IPv6 Operation mode for
TCP/IPv6
Enable/Disable
4-8 Link Local Address Link Local Address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-9 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link Local Prefix
Length
XXX
4-10 Stateless Address1 Stateless Address1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-11 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless Prefix
Length1
XXX
4-12 Stateless Address2 Stateless Address2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-13 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless Prefix
Length2
XXX
4-14 Stateless Address3 Stateless Address3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
162
4-15 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless Prefix
Length3
XXX
4-16 Stateless Address4 Stateless Address4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-17 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless Prefix
Length4
XXX
4-18 Default Gateway1 Default Gateway1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-19 Default Gateway2 Default Gateway2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-20 Default Gateway3 Default Gateway3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-21 Default Gateway4 Default Gateway4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-22 Manual Setting Manual Setting Enable/Disable
4-23 IP Address IP Address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
4-24 Subnet Prefix Length Subnet Prefix Length XXX
4-25 IPsec IPsec Active
4-26 Security Protocol Security Protocol ESP/ESP & AH/AH
4-27 Wired LAN DRX Wired LAN DRX Enable/Disable
5 Other Settings Other settings
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name (Up to 15 alphanumeric characters)
5-2 Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct (Up to 32 alphanumeric
characters)
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name (Up to 52 alphanumeric characters)
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
163
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-13 PictBridge Commun. PictBridge Communica-
tion
Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
7 Web Services Web Services
7-1 Unsent Usage Logs Number of unsent us-
age logs
0 to 200
7-2 Usage Log Last Sent Last date when usage
log was sent
XXXXXXXX
7-3 Web Service Status Registration status Not set/Disabled/Registration pending/Registered
7-4 Log Transmission Sta-
tus
Transmission result Not activated/Processing/Server error/Connection error/
Timeout error/Error/Awaiting server response/Active
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
164
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration
Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection
Follow either procedure below to change LAN connection method (wired or wireless).
For Windows:
Redo setup from the web page.
Select Enable for Enable/disable Wired LAN or Enable/disable Wi-Fi from LAN settings in the
LCD menu.
After that, perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For details, refer to Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings or Performing/Changing Wired LAN
Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings.
For macOS:
Redo setup from the web page.
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or wireless direct).
For Windows:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Important
Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, change the printer settings
following the procedure below.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select LAN settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
If you specify the administrator password, enter the password.
3. Select Wi-Fi and press the OK button.
4. Select Settings and press the OK button.
5. Select Wi-Fi setup and press the OK button.
165
6. Select Easy wireless connect and press the OK button.
7. Check message and press the OK button.
Follow instructions on your computer, smartphone or tablet.
8. If message saying setup is completed appears, press the OK button.
For macOS:
Refer to Changing the Connection Mode.
166
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Follow the procedure below to set up and use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
Important
You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.
Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
2.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen and then press the OK button.
Setting Items on Operation Panel
3.
Select Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
4.
Select Settings and then press the OK button.
5. Select Enable/disable Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
6.
Check displayed message, select Yes and then press the OK button.
After Wireless Direct is enabled, the identifier (SSID), etc. when using the printer with wireless direct
connection are displayed.
You can check various settings of wireless direct.
Note
The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
are using, no password is required.
167
When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name
displayed on the LCD from your device.
To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
1.
Turn on Wi-Fi function on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on Wi-Fi function, see your device's instruction manual.
2.
Select "DIRECT-XXXX-PRO-300 series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from
list displayed on your device.
Note
If "DIRECT-XXXX-PRO-300 series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3.
Enter password.
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
Check the password for the Wireless Direct.
1. Select LAN settings on the Home screen and then press the OK button.
2. Select Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
3. Select Show password and then press the OK button.
Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device
and select Yes.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Select LAN settings on the HOME screen and then press the OK button.
168
2. Select Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
3. Select Settings and then press the OK button.
Change SSID/device name
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
To set manually
1.
Press the OK button to enter the input screen.
2. Enter the identifier or printer name.
3. Confirm the inputted content and select OK.
To set automatically
1. Select Auto update.
2. Check displayed message and select Yes.
Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
To set manually.
1. Select Change manually.
2.
Press the OK button to enter the input screen.
3.
Enter the new password (10 characters).
4.
Confirm the inputted content and select OK.
To set automatically
1.
Select Auto update.
2.
Check displayed message and select Yes.
Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes.
169
Important
To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
the confirmation screen.
Note
If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
170
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
171
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If anything is wrong with connection, IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses the settings of the printer
and those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility restores the status
of the printer and computer.
Important
To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.
172
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. IJ Network Device Setup Utility
starts diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
173
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the
computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
IJ Network Device Setup Utility starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
174
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
G4000 series
PRO-500 series
PRO-1000 series
MB2100 series
MB2700 series
MB5100 series
MB5400 series
iB4000 series
PRO-520
PRO-540
PRO-560
PRO-540S
PRO-560S
PRO-2000
PRO-4000
PRO-6000
PRO-4000S
PRO-6000S
TS9000 series
TS8000 series
TS6000 series
TS5000 series
MG3000 series
E470 series
175
Other Network Information
Technical Terms
Restrictions
Firewall
List of Devices Which May Interfere with Wi-Fi Communication
176
Technical Terms
In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained.
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
I
K
L
M
O
P
R
S
T
U
W
A
Ad-hoc
Client computer and printer setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer-to-peer basis,
i.e., all clients in with the same network name (SSID) communicate directly with each other. No
wireless router is required. This printer does not support ad-hoc communication.
Admin Password
Administrator password in IJ Network Device Setup Utility to restrict access to network users. It must
be entered to access the printer and change printer settings.
AES
An encryption method. It is optional for WPA. Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U.S.
government organizations for information processing.
Authentication Method
The method that a wireless router uses to authenticate a printer through a Wi-Fi. The methods are
agreeable each other.
For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK.
177
B
Bonjour
A service built into macOS operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network
automatically.
C
Channel
Frequency channel for wireless communication. In the infrastructure mode, the channel is
automatically adjusted to match that set to the wireless router. This printer supports channels 1 to 13.
(Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase.) Note that
the number of channels that can be used for your Wi-Fi varies depending on the region or country.
D
Default Gateway
A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer.
Default router address
A default IP address set for a router.
DHCP server functionality
The router assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a
network starts up.
DHCPv6
A protocol to assign necessary information automatically when a computer connects to network.
DHCPv6 can be used when IPv6 is enabled.
DNS server
A server that converts device names into IP addresses. When specifying IP addresses manually,
specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server.
E
Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup)
Specifies a wireless router settings using a device (e.g. smartphone) directly without using a wireless
router.
178
F
Firewall
It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the
firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation
system for computer.
H
Host name
A name for a computer or printer on network so that it can be recognized easily. Single-byte
alphanumeric characters are used generally.
I
IEEE802.11b
International standard for Wi-Fi using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11
Mbps.
IEEE802.11g
International standard for Wi-Fi using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54
Mbps. Compatible with 802.11b.
IEEE802.11n
International standard for Wi-Fi using the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges. Even when using two
or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple
communication channels at the same time, the transmission speed may be influenced by the
connected apparatus.
At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps, it is possible to communicate with multiple computer
terminals within a dozen or so metre radius.
Compatible with 802.11b and 802.11g.
Infrastructure
One of the wireless communication methods. Wireless communication devices (e.g. computer or
printer) are connected to the network via a wireless router.
IP Address
A unique number with four parts separated by dots. Every network device that is connected to the
Internet has an IP address. Example: 192.168.0.1
An IP address is usually assigned by a wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically.
IPv4/IPv6
They are internetwork-layer protocol used on the internet. IPv4 uses 32-bit addresses and IPv6 uses
128-bit addresses.
179
K
Key Format
Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format. The character that can be used for the WEP key
differs depending on the selected key formats.
ASCII
Specify with a 5 or 13-character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore "_"
characters. It is case-sensitive.
Hex
Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f).
Key Length
Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more
complex WEP key.
L
Link local address
An IP address generated automatically from a specific prefix (information of current network: fe80::)
and an interface identifier generated from printer's MAC address.
Link Quality
The status of the connection between the wireless router and the printer excluding noise
(interference) is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%.
LPR
A platform-independent printing protocol used in TCP/IP networks. It does not support bidirectional
communication.
M
MAC Address
Also known as the physical address. A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to
network devices by its manufacturer. MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a
hexadecimal number separated by colons, i.e., 11:22:33:44:55:66.
O
Operation Status
Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used.
180
P
Prefix length
The number of bits on the network part of an IP address. The number of bits is 8 bit to 24 bit for IPv4,
and 64 bit for IPv6.
Proxy server
A server that links a LAN-connected computer to the Internet. When using a proxy server, specify the
address and the port number of the proxy server.
PSK
An encryption method employed by WPA/WPA2.
R
Router
A relay device to connect to another network.
S
Signal Strength
The strength of the signal received by the printer from the wireless router is indicated with a value
from 0 to 100%.
Network name (SSID)
Unique label for Wi-Fi. It is often represented such as a network name or a wireless router name.
network name (SSID) distinguishes one Wi-Fi from another to prevent interference.
The printer and all clients on a Wi-Fi must use the same network name (SSID) in order to
communicate with each other. The network name (SSID) can be up to 32 characters long, and is
made up of alphanumeric characters. The network name (SSID) may also be referred to by its
network name.
Stealth
In the stealth mode, a wireless router hides itself by not broadcasting its network name (SSID). The
client must specify the network name (SSID) set to the wireless router to detect it.
Stateful address
An IPv6 address acquired from a DHCP server using DHCPv6.
Stateless address
A tentative IPv6 address generated automatically using a prefix included in RA (Router
Advertisement) and a MAC address. An IPv6 address is generated in an environment where a DHCP
server is not available.
181
Subnet Mask
IP address has two components, the network address and the host address. Subnet Mask used to
calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address. A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by a
wireless router or a DHCP server of the router automatically.
Example:
IP Address: 192.168.127.123
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Subnet Mask Address: 192.168.127.0
T
TCP/IP
Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN. This protocol
allows different terminals to communicate with each other.
TKIP
An encryption protocol employed by WPA/WPA2.
U
USB
Serial interface designed to enable you to "hot-swap" devices, i.e., by plugging and unplugging them
without turning off the power.
W
WCN (Windows Connect Now)
Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network
(WCN-NET).
WEP/WEP Key
An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt
data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of
ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.
Wi-Fi
International association that certifies interoperability of Wi-Fi products based on the IEEE 802.11
specification.
This printer is a Wi-Fi authorized product.
182
Wireless Direct
The printer is used as a wireless router to connect external wireless communication devices (e.g.
computers, smartphones, or tablets) in an environment where no wireless router is available. You can
connect up to 5 devices to the printer using Wireless Direct.
Wireless LAN
A network that, instead of being connected by physical wires, is connected by a wireless technology,
such as Wi-Fi.
Wireless Router
A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients/the printer and
rebroadcasts it. Required in an infrastructure network.
WPA
Security framework announced by the Wi-Fi Alliance in October 2002. The security has been
strengthened more than WEP.
Authentication
WPA defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an
authentication server, plus WPA-802.1x that do require an authentication server.
This printer supports WPA-PSK.
Passphrase
This encrypted key is used to perform WPA-PSK authentication.
The password should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal
value.
WPA2
Security framework released by the Wi-Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA.
Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
Authentication
WPA2 defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an
authentication server, plus WPA2-802.1x that do require an authentication server.
This printer supports WPA2-PSK.
Passphrase
This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2-PSK authentication.
The password should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal
value.
WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)
WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network.
There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup:
PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices
183
Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push
button in the software.
184
Restrictions
If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi network
using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security. Wireless communication with a product that does not
comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed.
Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.
If you use a printer with Wireless Direct, you cannot perform the following settings:
Specifying an IP address manually
Enabling/disabling IPv6
185
Firewall
A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer,
and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network.
Precautions When Firewall Function is Enabled
A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable
printer setup and communications.
During the printer setup, you may be prompted to enable or disable communications, depending on
the firewall function of the security software or operation system. If so, choose to enable
communications.
When using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, you may be prompted to enable or disable
communications, depending on the firewall function of the security software. If so, choose to enable
communications.
If you cannot set up the printer, temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or
operation system.
Important
If you disabled the firewall function, disconnect your network from the Internet.
Some applications (like the network configuration software) override firewall settings. Check the
application's settings beforehand.
Note
For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings, refer to the
instruction manual of the computer or software, or contact its manufacturer.
186
List of Devices Which May Interfere with Wi-Fi Communication
While using the printer via Wi-Fi, the following devices near the printer or wireless router may cause radio
frequency interference and affects connection between the printer and wireless router. Radio frequency
interference may cause sending print jobs or printing speed to slow down.
Microwave oven
Baby monitor
Wireless mouse
Wireless keyboard
Wireless earphone/headphones
Wireless camera (e.g. security camera)
We recommend you take measures below to avoid radio frequency interference.
Place the devices above as far away from the printer or wireless router as possible.
Turn the devices off and stop using them temporarily.
187
Sharing the Printer on a Network (macOS)
When multiple computers are being used in the network environment, you can share the printer connected
to one computer with the other computers.
Before carrying out the setup for printer sharing, select Network from System Preferences, and check
whether the network settings have been set.
This section describes the procedure for sharing a printer among Mac.
Settings on Print Server
This section describes how to set up a computer that connects with this printer.
Settings on Client PC
This section describes the procedure for setting a computer that uses this printer though a network.
When you perform print, the data is sent to the printer through the print server system.
Related Topic
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
188
Settings on Print Server
When you use the printer on a network, set up the printer driver for sharing on the print server system.
The procedure for setting up the print server systems is as follows:
1. Install the printer driver on the print server system
2.
Check that the printer to be used has been added
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
The printer list displays the printers that are connected to the computer.
3.
Set sharing
Check the Share this printer on the network check box.
Note
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may
be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
The setup on the print server system is complete. Next, set up the client systems.
189
Settings on Client PC
After setting up the print server system, set up the client system.
The procedure for setting up the client systems is as follows:
1. Install the printer driver on the client systems
2.
Display the printer list
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
Click + to display the printer list.
3.
Add a printer to be shared
Select a shared printer displayed in the printer list, and then click Add.
The setup on the client systems is now completed.
Note
The print procedures are the same as when the computer is connected directly to the printer with a USB
cable.
At the Page Setup dialog, select the printer that is connected to the print server to be used.
190
Restrictions on Printer Sharing
These are restrictions that apply when you are using a printer in a network environment.
Install the same version of the printer driver in the print server system and the client systems. You can
download the latest printer driver from our web site.
Use printer sharing with users who have the administrator privilege.
Depending on how the computer is connected with the printer, the computer may not be able to access
the function information that was set on the printer and display the correct settings.
Media information on the printer driver cannot be changed when using a client machine.
191
Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Aligning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head Manually
192
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
We recommend using the same type of paper for print head alignment as for printing.
If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.
Replace the ink tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3.
Select Print Head Alignment.
The Print Head Alignment screen will appear.
4.
Select Auto.
The confirmation screen will appear.
193
5. Select Yes.
The media type selection screen appears.
6. Select paper to use.
7. Load the prepared paper in the paper source specified in the message.
If the paper source is the manual feed tray, load one sheet of paper at a time.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
8.
Select OK.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
This takes about 4 to 5 minutes.
Note
If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the LCD.
When Error Occurred
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above,
align the print head manually.
194
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Try aligning the print head manually after automatic print head alignment if printing results are not as
expected, as when printed ruled lines are misaligned.
Note
Before adjusting the print head position manually, adjust the print head position automatically. For
details on adjusting the print head position automatically, see Aligning the Print Head.
We recommend using the same type of paper for print head alignment as for printing.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3.
Select Print Head Alignment.
The Print Head Alignment screen will appear.
4.
Select Manual.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5.
Select Yes.
195
Note
When the automatic print head alignment has not been performed, a message will appear. In this
case, select Yes, press the OK button, then perform the automatic print head alignment.
The media type selection screen appears.
6. Select paper to use.
7.
Load the prepared paper in the paper source specified in the message.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
8.
Select OK.
The print head alignment pattern will be printed.
9.
When Did the patterns print correctly? appears, make sure pattern was printed correctly,
and if so, select Yes.
10.
Check message and select Next.
The input screen for head position alignment values is displayed.
11.
Look at the pattern and select the number of the pattern in each column that has straight
lines.
196
Note
Look at the pattern and pick the setting that produces the least warped vertical straight lines.
A: Vertical straight lines
B: Warped vertical straight lines
12.
Repeat this procedure until you finish inputting a pattern number in all columns, select OK.
13.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
197
Maintenance and Consumables
Maintenance Procedure
Ink Tanks
Print Head
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (Windows)
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS)
Cleaning the Printer
Other Maintenance
198
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink
tank.
Note
Check the ink status.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
199
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
For Windows:
Cleaning the Print Heads
For macOS:
Cleaning the Print Heads
Note
When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off
the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon
service center to request a repair.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
200
Ink Tanks
Ink
Replacing Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
201
Ink
Ink is used for various purposes other than printing.
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer
consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head
with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the
succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the
first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Note
Ink is consumed for print preparation operation that is periodically and automatically performed to
keep printer's performance and for print head cleaning. Therefore, unused ink for printing may also
be consumed.
Black-and-white printing uses color ink.
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Note
The printer uses pigment ink. Due to the nature of the pigment ink, the ink on the printed surface may
be removed when being rubbed or scratched.
202
Replacing Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error.
In this state, the printer cannot print. Take appropriate action according to the message.
When Error Occurred
Important
Prepare a new ink tank before you start replacing one.
Replace the ink tank quickly so as not to leave the printer without an ink tank. The printer may be
damaged if it is left without an ink tank, causing a problem such as clogging due to dried ink.
Note
If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance
Procedure.
For precautionary notes on handling ink tanks, see Notes on ink tanks.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Open the top cover (A).
3. When message appears on LCD, press Stop button.
4. Select OK.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
203
Caution
Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder
until it stops completely.
Important
Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
If the top cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to the right.
In this case, close and reopen the top cover.
5.
Take a new ink tank out of its package.
Important
Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.
6. Remove the orange protective cap (B) from the bottom of the ink tank as indicated in the
figure below.
204
Important
Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank, ink may splash.
Do not touch the inside of the protective cap (B) or the open ink port (C). The ink may stain your
hands if you touch them.
Do not reattach the protective cap (B) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the
local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
7.
Remove the ink tank where the ink runs out.
Push the tab (D) and lift the ink tank to remove.
205
Important
Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of
consumables.
Note
Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one
when replacing two or more ink tanks.
8.
Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
9.
Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Important
You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in
the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
206
10. Close the top cover.
The printer will automatically start mixing the ink. Wait until the printer stops making operating noise (it
takes up to about 2 minutes or less).
Note
If the error message appears on the LCD after the top cover is closed, take appropriate action.
When Error Occurred
When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head
automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of
the print head.
If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head.
Notes on ink tanks
Important
Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink
tank properly.
Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-
white printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
Ink
207
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and display the HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button.
2. Select the ink status display area on the HOME screen, then press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Check the ink status.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level.
The ink is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Ink has run out. Replace the ink tank with a new ink tank.
This appears when remaining ink level is not known.
Note
The above screen shows estimated ink levels.
To access the ink purchasing site, select Order ink now on this screen and display the QR code.
Cost of connecting to Internet is to be born by the customer.
Selecting Ink model no. displays the Ink model number screen for checking ink tank numbers.
You can check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer (Windows)
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer (macOS)
208
Print Head
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Deep Print Head Cleaning
209
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. Replace the ink
tank whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the top feed.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
3.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Nozzle Check.
The confirmation screen will appear.
5. Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the LCD.
6. Examine the nozzle check pattern.
210
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal streaks in the pattern D.
A: No missing lines/No horizontal streaks
B: Lines are missing/Horizontal streaks are present
2.
Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation
screen.
For A (no missing lines or no horizontal streaks) in both the pattern C and pattern D:
The cleaning is not required. Select All A, confirm the message, then select OK.
The screen will return to the Maintenance screen.
211
For B (lines are missing or horizontal streaks are present) in the pattern C or pattern D, or in both
patterns:
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
Select an ink group containing missing lines or horizontal streaks to perform cleaning.
Cleaning the Print Head
Note
Because CO ink is colorless, its pattern is printed over the black pattern. Check for horizontal
streaks (E) in the dark gray bands of the pattern.
If the pattern D or any color in the pattern C is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
The cleaning is required. Select Also B, then select Yes on the cleaning confirmation screen.
Select an ink group that is not printed to perform cleaning.
Cleaning the Print Head
212
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal streaks are present in the printed nozzle check
pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head
consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the top feed.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
3.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Print Head Cleaning.
The Print Head Cleaning screen will appear.
5.
Select Cleaning.
The Cleaning screen will appear.
6. Select ink group to be cleaned.
213
All colors
Pattern 1: PBK / GY / C / PC / MBK
Pattern 2: M / Y / PM / R / CO
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 2 to 3 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8.
Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
Note
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
214
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the top feed.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
3.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
4.
Select Print Head Cleaning.
The Print Head Cleaning screen will appear.
5.
Select Deep Cleaning.
The Deep Cleaning screen will appear.
6. Select ink group to be cleaned.
215
All colors
Pattern 1: PBK / GY / C / PC / MBK
Pattern 2: M / Y / PM / R / CO
The confirmation screen will appear.
7. Select Yes.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 2 to 3 minutes.
The pattern print confirmation screen will appear.
8.
Select Yes.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
10.
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If a particular color is not printed properly, replace the ink tank of that color.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service
center to request a repair.
216
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer
(macOS)
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Cleaning the Print Heads
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
217
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2.
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
3.
Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
Remote UI starts.
Note
When the printer is being used via USB connection Show Printer Webpage... will not display.
The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, click Passwords and cookies.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
218
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head cleaning and deep cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzle.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Cleaning
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
2.
Click Cleaning
When the dialog opens, select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed.
Before running the cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
Is there ink remaining in the tank?
Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3.
Perform Cleaning
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Cleaning
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5.
Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
219
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI
2. Click Deep Cleaning
When the dialog opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed.
Before running the deep cleaning, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
Is there ink remaining in the tank?
Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3.
Perform Deep Cleaning
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4.
Complete Deep Cleaning
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5.
Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Note
If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then
perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or the
print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "Ink Does Not Come Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
220
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model.
If you select Printer status from Remote UI, the ink status appears as an illustration.
Estimated ink levels
You can check the types and levels of ink.
When ink levels are running low or an error occurs because there is no ink, a notification icon will
appear.
Ink model number
You can look up the correct ink tank for your printer.
Note
To check the ink status, you can also display the pop-up menu of the Print dialog and select Supply
Levels.
221
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
The Nozzle Check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a
Nozzle Check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print.
Nozzle Check
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
2.
Click Nozzle Check
The confirmation message appears.
Before printing the Nozzle Check pattern, check the following items:
Check whether the printer is on and open the printer's cover.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Nozzle Check.
Is there ink remaining in the tank?
Did you push in the ink tank completely until you heard a clicking sound?
If the orange tape is there, has it been peeled off completely?
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
Did you install the ink tanks in their correct positions?
3.
Load paper in the printer
Load one sheet of A4 size plain paper into the top feed.
4.
Print a Nozzle Check pattern
Click Yes.
Printing of the Nozzle Check pattern begins.
5.
Check the print result
When the dialog opens, check the print result. If the print result is normal, click All A.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Also B to clean the print
head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads
222
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
223
Cleaning Exterior Surfaces
Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently.
Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning.
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not
to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause
problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean
the printer, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the printer.
224
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly. In this case,
clean the paper feed roller. Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller, so perform this only when
necessary.
You need to prepare:
For the top feed: three sheets of A4 or Letter size plain paper
For the manual feed tray: a single sheet of A4 or Letter size plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3.
Select Roller Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
4.
Select Yes.
5.
Select paper source (Top feed or Manual tray) for paper feed roller cleaning.
If Manual tray is selected, go to step 8.
6. Select No wiping.
225
7.
Remove any paper in top feed and press OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
When the paper feed roller stops rotating, the cleaning is complete.
8.
Follow the message to load A4 or Letter size plain paper in the paper source you selected
in step 5.
Load three sheets of paper in the top feed or a single sheet of paper in the manual feed tray.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Tray
9.
Select OK.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
10.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the paper feed roller cleaning with No wiping, wipe the
paper feed roller with a damp cloth.
Wiping Paper Feed Rollers with Damp Cloth
Wiping Paper Feed Rollers with Damp Cloth
1. Select Wipe with cloth on Roller Cleaning screen.
226
2. Check message and select OK.
3. Remove any paper in top feed and press OK button.
4. Press ON button.
5.
Make sure ON lamp is turned off and wipe paper feed roller with damp cloth.
Wipe the paper feed roller (A) in the top feed with a moistened cloth or other materials. Do not touch
the paper feed roller with your fingers, wipe it as rotating the shaft (B) with your fingers.
Note
If the shaft is not rotated, turn off the printer and turn it on again.
6. After wiping with damp cloth, press ON button.
7. Perform paper feed roller cleaning (No wiping) again.
Note
If printing data is sent to the printer when performing the paper feed roller cleaning with Wipe with
cloth, the auto power on setting is disabled even if it is set to be automatically turned on.
In this case, set the printer to be automatically turned on again.
From the printer
227
Energy saving settings
From the computer
Managing the Printer Power (Windows)
Managing the Printer Power (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
228
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Select Maintenance on HOME screen.
LCD and Operation Panel
The Maintenance screen will appear.
3.
Select Bottom Plate Cleaning.
The confirmation screen will appear.
4.
Select Yes.
5.
Follow the message to remove any paper from the top feed, then select OK.
6.
Fold A4 or Letter-sized plain paper so that short side is in thirds, unfold paper, then select
OK.
7. Load this sheet of paper sideways in the top feed with the open side facing you.
229
8.
Select OK.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
9.
When the completion message appears, select OK.
Note
When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
230
Other Maintenance
Transporting Your Printer
231
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient
protective material to ensure safe transport.
With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so
may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1.
Turn the printer off.
2.
Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.
Important
Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3. Retract trays.
4. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power
cord from the printer.
5. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
6. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
232
Specifications
Specifications
Print Area
233
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wired LAN: 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b / IEEE802.11a
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Wi-Fi and wired LAN cannot be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing: 16 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 1.0 W or less *1*2
OFF: 0.2 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 25.2 x 15 x 7.9 in. (Approx. 639 x 379 x 200 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 31.6 lb (Approx. 14.4 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
234
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wired LAN Supported Standards: IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX) / IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)
Transfer speed: 10 Mbps/100 Mbps (auto switching)
Security: IEEE802.1X (EAP-TLS/EAP-TTLS/PEAP)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b /
IEEE802.11a
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz / 5 GHz
Channel:
2.4 GHz: 1-11 or 1-13
5 GHz: W52, W53, W56, W58
* Wireless Direct cannot be used in the 5GHz band.
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
Printer driver, IJ Printer Assistant Tool, and IJ Network Device Setup Utility
support the following OS:
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server
2016, and Windows Server 2019.
Hard Disk Space 2.0 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
235
macOS
Operating System OS X 10.11.6, macOS 10.12 - macOS 10.15
Hard Disk Space 1.5 GB or more
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
Other Supported OS
iOS, Android
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
PIXMA Cloud Link
Mopria Print Service
Internet connection or CD-ROM drive is required to install the software for Windows.
macOS: For macOS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
Internet connection is required to use all the user's guide.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
236
Print Area
Print Area
Standard Sizes
Sizes for 0.98 in. (25 mm) Margin Paper
Printable Discs
237
Print Area
To maintain print quality, the printer leaves a margin around the edges of paper. The printable area is inside
this margin.
Printable area : You can print in this area.
Note
By selecting Borderless Printing option, you can make prints with no margins.
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page.
When performing Borderless Printing, select Magnification level for borderless in Print settings of
Printer settings to specify the amount of images that extends off the paper.
Print settings
For Borderless Printing, use the following paper:
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>*1
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>*1
Premium Fine Art Smooth <FA-SM1>*1
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>*1
Greeting Card
Card Stock
*1 Borderless Printing is disabled depending on print settings. To enable Borderless Printing, remove
margin restrictions.
Print Options dialog box (Windows)
Advanced Paper Settings (macOS)
Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality
and/or result in printouts with altered color hues.
Borderless Printing is not available for A5, B5, B4, or Legal size paper or plain paper.
238
Depending on the type of paper, Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom
edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged.
239
Standard Sizes
Size Print Area (width x height)
Letter 8.00 x 10.69 in. (203.2 x 271.4 mm)
Legal 8.00 x 13.69 in. (203.2 x 347.6 mm)
11" x 17" (28 x 43 cm) 10.73 x 16.69 in. (272.6 x 423.8 mm)
A5 5.56 x 7.95 in. (141.2 x 202.0 mm)
A4 8.00 x 11.38 in. (203.2 x 289.0 mm)
A3 11.43 x 16.22 in. (290.2 x 412.0 mm)
A3+ 12.69 x 18.70 in. (322.2 x 475.0 mm)
B5 6.90 x 9.80 in. (175.2 x 249.0 mm)
B4 9.85 x 14.02 in. (250.2 x 356.0 mm)
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) 3.73 x 5.69 in. (94.8 x 144.4 mm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) 4.73 x 6.69 in. (120.2 x 169.8 mm)
7" x 10" (18 x 25 cm) 6.73 x 9.69 in. (171.0 x 246.0 mm)
8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm) 7.73 x 9.69 in. (196.4 x 246.0 mm)
10" x 12" (25 x 30 cm) 9.73 x 11.69 in. (247.2 x 296.8 mm)
8.27 x 23.39 in. (210 x 594 mm) 8.00 x 23.07 in. (203.2 x 586.0 mm)
Square 5" x 5" 13 x 13 cm 4.53 x 4.53 in. (115.0 x 115.0 mm)
12" x 12" (30 x 30 cm) 11.73 x 11.68 in. (298.0 x 296.8 mm)
Printable area
Letter, Legal
A: 0.12 in. (3.0 mm)
B: 0.20 in. (5.0 mm)
C: 0.25 in. (6.4 mm)
D: 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
240
Square 5" x 5" 13 x 13 cm
A: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
B: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
C: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
D: 0.24 in. (6.0 mm)
Other than Letter, Legal or Square 5" x 5" 13 x 13 cm
A: 0.12 in. (3.0 mm)
B: 0.20 in. (5.0 mm)
C: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
D: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
241
Sizes for 0.98 in. (25 mm) Margin Paper
When art paper with 0.98 in. (25 mm) margins is selected, the printer is restricted from printing in the top
and bottom 0.98 in. (25 mm) of the paper. We therefore recommend checking the printing area in the
preview screen before printing.
If the print head is rubbing against the top and bottom edges of the paper, causing smudging, you can avoid
this by using 0.98 in. (25 mm) margin paper.
When you are using the following paper, the printer prints to paper sizes with 0.98 in. (25 mm) margins
depending on print settings. To print to other page sizes, remove restrictions on margins.
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101>
Premium Fine Art Smooth <FA-SM1>
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>
Print Options dialog box (Windows)
Advanced Paper Settings (macOS)
Size Print Area (width x height)
Letter (0.98 in. (25 mm) margin) 8.00 x 9.03 in. (203.2 x 229.4 mm)
11" x 17" (28 x 43 cm) (0.98 in. (25 mm) margin) 10.73 x 15.03 in. (272.6 x 381.8 mm)
A4 (0.98 in. (25 mm) margin) 8.00 x 9.72 in. (203.2 x 247.0 mm)
A3 (0.98 in. (25 mm) margin) 11.43 x 14.57 in. (290.2 x 370.0 mm)
A3+ (0.98 in. (25 mm) margin) 12.69 x 17.05 in. (322.2 x 433.0 mm)
8.27 x 23.39 in. (210 x 594 mm) (0.98 in. (25 mm) margin) 8.00 x 21.42 in. (203.2 x 544.0 mm)
Printable area
Letter
A: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
B: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
242
C: 0.25 in. (6.4 mm)
D: 0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
Other than Letter
A: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
B: 0.98 in. (25.0 mm)
C: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
D: 0.13 in. (3.4 mm)
243
Printable Discs
The printing area of the printable disc is from 0.67 in. (17 mm) of the internal diameter to 0.04 in. (1 mm)
from the external diameter of the printing surface.
Printable area
A: 0.67 in. (17.0 mm)
B: 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)
244
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU&EEA)
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Legal Restrictions on Printing
245
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
Users with cardiac pacemakers:
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
Do not use the printer in the following cases:
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
Do not touch the print head or other metal parts immediately after printing.
Ink
Keep ink out of reach of children.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth and drink one or two glasses of
water. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
246
In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact
with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain
medical advice immediately.
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not attempt to open, disassemble or modify the ink tanks. Ink may leak and damage your
printer.
Do not throw print heads or ink tanks in the fire.
247
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10511 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30374)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
248
Users in Australia
5150 - 5350MHz band is indoor use only.
In Australia, use on channels 120-128 are prohibited in 5GHz Wireless LAN band.
Users in New Zealand
5150 - 5250MHz band is indoor use only.
249
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to
the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU), the Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) and/or national legislation
implementing those Directives. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above, in
accordance with the Battery Directive, this indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd = Cadmium,
Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable threshold
specified in the Battery Directive. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point,
e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized
collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) and batteries and
accumulators. Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment
and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. Your
cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural
resources. For more information about the recycling of this product, please contact your local city office,
waste authority, approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www.canon-
europe.com/weee, or www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Diese Symbole weisen darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß WEEE-Richtlinie (2012/19/EU; Richtlinie
über Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräte), Batterien-Richtlinie (2006/66/EG) und nationalen Gesetzen zur
Umsetzung dieser Richtlinien nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden darf. Falls sich unter dem oben
abgebildeten Symbol ein chemisches Symbol befindet, bedeutet dies gemäß der Batterien-Richtlinie,
dass in dieser Batterie oder diesem Akkumulator ein Schwermetall (Hg = Quecksilber, Cd = Cadmium, Pb
= Blei) in einer Konzentration vorhanden ist, die über einem in der Batterien-Richtlinie angegebenen
Grenzwert liegt. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden.
Dies kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines neuen ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten sowie
Batterien und Akkumulatoren geschehen. Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund
potenziell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen,
negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch Ihre Mitarbeit bei
der umweltgerechten Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen Sie zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher
Ressourcen bei. Um weitere Informationen über die Wiederverwertung dieses Produkts zu erhalten,
wenden Sie sich an Ihre Stadtverwaltung, den öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, eine autorisierte
Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihr örtliches
250
Entsorgungsunternehmen oder besuchen Sie www.canon-europe.com/weee, oder www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
Ces symboles indiquent que ce produit ne doit pas être mis au rebut avec les ordures ménagères, comme
le spécifient la Directive européenne DEEE (2012/19/UE), la Directive européenne relative à l'élimination
des piles et des accumulateurs usagés (2006/66/CE) et les lois en vigueur dans votre pays appliquant ces
directives. Si un symbole de toxicité chimique est imprimé sous le symbole illustré ci-dessus
conformément à la Directive relative aux piles et aux accumulateurs, il indique la présence d'un métal
lourd (Hg = mercure, Cd = cadmium, Pb = plomb) dans la pile ou l'accumulateur à une concentration
supérieure au seuil applicable spécifié par la Directive. Ce produit doit être confié au distributeur à chaque
fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis en place par les collectivités
locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et Électroniques (DEEE). Le
traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions sur l'environnement et la
santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement dangereuses généralement
associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Votre entière coopération dans le cadre de la
mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour
plus d'informations sur le recyclage de ce produit, contactez vos services municipaux, votre éco-
organisme ou les autorités locales compétentes, ou consultez le site www.canon-europe.com/weee, ou
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Met deze symbolen wordt aangegeven dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn
(2012/19/EU), de richtlijn 2006/66/EG betreffende batterijen en accu's en/of de plaatselijk geldende
wetgeving waarin deze richtlijnen zijn geïmplementeerd, niet bij het normale huisvuil mag worden
weggegooid. Indien onder het hierboven getoonde symbool een chemisch symbool gedrukt staat, geeft dit
in overeenstemming met de richtlijn betreffende batterijen en accu's aan dat deze batterij of accu een
zwaar metaal bevat (Hg = kwik, Cd = cadmium, Pb = lood) waarvan de concentratie de toepasselijke
drempelwaarde in overeenstemming met de genoemde richtlijn overschrijdt. Dit product dient te worden
ingeleverd bij een hiervoor aangewezen inzamelpunt, bijv. door dit in te leveren bij een hiertoe erkend
verkooppunt bij aankoop van een gelijksoortig product, of bij een officiële inzameldienst voor de recycling
van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA) en batterijen en accu's. Door de potentieel gevaarlijke
stoffen die gewoonlijk gepaard gaan met EEA, kan onjuiste verwerking van dit type afval mogelijk
nadelige gevolgen hebben voor het milieu en de menselijke gezondheid. Uw medewerking bij het op juiste
wijze weggooien van dit product draagt bij tot effectief gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor verdere
informatie over recycling van dit product kunt u contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke gemeente,
251
afvaldienst, officiële dienst voor klein chemisch afval of afvalstortplaats, of kunt u terecht op www.canon-
europe.com/weee, of www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Estos iconos indican que este producto no debe desecharse con los residuos domésticos de acuerdo con
la Directiva sobre RAEE (2012/19/UE) y la Directiva sobre Pilas y Acumuladores (2006/66/CE) y/o la
legislación nacional. Si aparece un símbolo químico bajo este icono, de acuerdo con la Directiva sobre
Pilas y Acumuladores, significa que la pila o el acumulador contiene metales pesados (Hg = Mercurio, Cd
= Cadmio, Pb = Plomo) en una concentración superior al límite especificado en dicha directiva. Este
producto deberá entregarse en un punto de recogida designado, por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de
venta al adquirir un producto nuevo similar o en un centro autorizado para la recogida de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE), baterías y acumuladores. La gestión incorrecta de este tipo de
residuos puede afectar al medio ambiente y a la salud humana debido a las sustancias potencialmente
nocivas que suelen contener estos aparatos. Su cooperación en la correcta eliminación de este producto
contribuirá al correcto aprovechamiento de los recursos naturales. Los usuarios tienen derecho a
devolver pilas, acumuladores o baterías usados sin coste alguno. El precio de venta de pilas,
acumuladores y baterías incluye el coste de la gestión medioambiental de su desecho, y no es necesario
mostrar la cuantía de dicho coste en la información y la factura suministradas a los usuarios finales. Si
desea más información sobre el reciclado de este producto, póngase en contacto con su municipio, el
servicio o el organismo encargado de la gestión de residuos domésticos o visite www.canon-europe.com/
weee, o www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquests símbols indican que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar amb les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la RAEE (2012/19/UE), la Directiva relativa a piles i acumuladors (2006/66/CE) i la legislació
nacional que implementi aquestes directives. Si al costat d’aquest símbol hi apareix imprès un símbol
químic, segons especifica la Directiva relativa a piles i acumuladors, significa que la bateria o
l’acumulador conté un metall pesant (Hg = mercuri, Cd = cadmi, Pb = plom) en una concentració superior
al límit aplicable especificat en la Directiva. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un dels punts de
recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant un per un en comprar un producte similar o lliurant-lo
en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i electrònics (RAEE) i piles
i acumuladors. La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu en
l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment estan
associades a l'RAEE. La vostra cooperació a l’hora de rebutjar correctament aquest producte contribuirà
a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Els usuaris tenen dret a retornar les bateries o els
252
acumuladors usats sense cap càrrec. El preu de venda de les bateries i els acumuladors inclou el cost de
la gestió ambiental dels residus i no es necessari mostrar l’import d’aquest cost en aquest fullet o en la
factura que es lliuri a l’usuari final. Per a més informació sobre el reciclatge d’aquest producte, contacteu
amb l’oficina municipal, les autoritats encarregades dels residus, el pla de residus homologat o el servei
de recollida d’escombraries domèstiques de la vostra localitat o visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee, o
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questi simboli indicano che il prodotto non può essere smaltito con i rifiuti domestici, ai sensi della
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE), della Direttiva sulle Batterie (2006/66/CE) e/o delle leggi nazionali che
attuano tali Direttive. Se sotto il simbolo indicato sopra è riportato un simbolo chimico, in osservanza della
Direttiva sulle batterie, tale simbolo indica la presenza di un metallo pesante (Hg = Mercurio, Cd =
Cadmio, Pb = Piombo) nella batteria o nell'accumulatore con un livello di concentrazione superiore a una
soglia applicabile specificata nella Direttiva sulle batterie. Il prodotto deve essere conferito a un punto di
raccolta designato, ad esempio il rivenditore in caso di acquisto di un nuovo prodotto simile oppure un
centro di raccolta autorizzato per il riciclaggio di rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche (RAEE)
nonché di batterie e accumulatori. Un trattamento improprio di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere
conseguenze negative sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana a causa delle sostanze potenzialmente nocive
solitamente contenute in tali rifiuti. La collaborazione dell'utente per il corretto smaltimento di questo
prodotto contribuirà a un utilizzo efficace delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere in sanzioni
amministrative ai sensi dell'art. 255 e successivi del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori
informazioni sul riciclaggio di questo prodotto, contattare le autorità locali, l'ente responsabile della
raccolta dei rifiuti, un rivenditore autorizzato o il servizio di raccolta dei rifiuti domestici, oppure visitare il
sito www.canon-europe.com/weee, o www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Estes símbolos indicam que este produto não deve ser eliminado juntamente com o seu lixo doméstico,
segundo a Diretiva REEE de 2012/19/UE, a Diretiva de Baterias (2006/66/CE) e/ou a sua legislação
nacional que transponha estas Diretivas. Se houver um símbolo químico impresso como mostrado
abaixo, de acordo com a Diretiva de Baterias, isto indica que um metal pesado (Hg = Mercúrio, Cd =
Cádmio, Pb = Chumbo) está presente nesta pilha ou acumulador, numa concentração acima de um limite
aplicável especificado na Diretiva. Este produto deve ser entregue num ponto de recolha designado, por
exemplo num local autorizado de troca quando compra um equipamento novo idêntico, ou num local de
recolha autorizado para reciclar equipamento elétrico e eletrónico (EEE) em fim de vida, bem como pilhas
e baterias. O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduos pode ter um impacto negativo no ambiente e
na saúde humana, devido a substâncias potencialmente perigosas que estão associadas com
253
equipamentos do tipo EEE. A sua cooperação no tratamento correto deste produto irá contribuir para a
utilização mais eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para obter mais informações acerca de como reciclar este
produto, por favor contacte as suas autoridades locais responsáveis pela matéria, serviço de recolha
aprovado para pilhas e baterias ou serviço de recolha de resíduos sólidos domésticos da sua
municipalidade, ou visite www.canon-europe.com/weee, ou www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Disse symboler betyder, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation i henhold til
WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EF) og/eller den lokale lovgivning, som disse
direktiver er gennemført i. Hvis der i overensstemmelse med batteridirektivet er trykt et kemisk symbol
under det symbol, der er vist ovenfor, betyder det, at batteriet eller akkumulatoren indeholder tungmetaller
(Hg = kviksølv, Cd = cadmium, Pb = bly) i en koncentration, som ligger over de grænseværdier, der er
beskrevet i batteridirektivet. Produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted, f.eks. i
overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt, eller
på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald samt for batterier og akkumulatorer. Forkert
håndtering af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred
på grund af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk
udstyr. Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af produktet, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Kontakt din kommune, den lokale affaldsmyndighed, det lokale affaldsanlæg, eller
besøg www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-europe.com/battery for at få flere oplysninger om
genbrug af dette produkt.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
Αυτά τα σύμβολα υποδεικνύουν ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ), την Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες (2006/66/ΕΚ) ή/και την εθνική νομοθεσία που
εφαρμόζει τις Οδηγίες εκείνες. Εάν κάποιο χημικό σύμβολο είναι τυπωμένο κάτω από το σύμβολο που
φαίνεται παραπάνω, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες, υποδηλώνει ότι κάποιο βαρύ
μέταλλο (Hg = Υδράργυρος, Cd = Κάδμιο, Pb = Μόλυβδος) υπάρχει στην μπαταρία ή τον συσσωρευτή σε
συγκέντρωση μεγαλύτερη από το ισχύον επίπεδο που καθορίζεται στην Οδηγία για τις Ηλεκτρικές Στήλες.
Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη
βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για
την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού (ΗΗE) και των ηλεκτρικών
στηλών και συσσωρευτών. Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων μπορεί να έχει
αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικά επικίνδυνων ουσιών που
254
γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Η συνεργασία σας για τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα
συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με
ανακύκλωση αυτού του προϊόντος, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία
απορριμμάτων, το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων ή επισκεφθείτε τη
διεύθυνση www.canon-europe.com/weee ή www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Disse symbolene indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EF) og/eller nasjonal lov som har
implementert disse direktivene. Hvis et kjemisk symbol vises under symbolet vist ovenfor, i samsvar med
batteridirektivet, indikerer dette at et tungmetall (Hg = kvikksølv, Cd = kadmium, Pb = bly) finnes i batteriet
eller akkumulatoren i en konsentrasjon over en gjeldende øvre grense som er spesifisert i batteridirektivet.
Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt, det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når en
kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk
og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr) og batterier og akkumulatorer. Feil håndtering av denne typen avfall kan
være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Din
innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet vil bidra til effektiv bruk av naturressurser. Du kan få mer
informasjon om resirkulering av dette produktet ved å kontakte lokale myndigheter,
avfallsadministrasjonen, et godkjent program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap, eller gå til
www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Nämä tunnukset osoittavat, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU), paristoista ja akuista annettu direktiivi (2006/66/EY) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät
tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana. Jos yllä olevan symbolin alapuolelle on paristodirektiivin
mukaisesti painettu kemiallisen aineen tunnus, kyseinen paristo tai akku sisältää raskasmetalleja (Hg =
elohopea, Cd = kadmium, Pb = lyijy) enemmän kuin paristodirektiivin salliman määrän. Tuote on vietävä
asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa tuotetta ostettaessa
tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun tai paristojen ja akkujen keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää myös luonnonvaroja. Jos haluat lisätietoja tämän tuotteen kierrätyksestä, ota yhteys
kunnan jätehuoltoviranomaisiin tai käyttämääsi jätehuoltoyhtiöön tai käy osoitteessa www.canon-
europe.com/weee, tai www.canon-europe.com/battery.
255
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
De här symbolerna visar att produkten inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall enligt WEEE-
direktivet (2012/19/EU), batteridirektivet (2006/66/EG) och/eller nationell lagstiftning som implementerar
dessa direktiv. Om en kemisk symbol förekommer under ovanstående symbol innebär detta enligt
Batteridirektivet att en tungmetall (Hg = Kvicksilver, Cd = Kadmium, Pb = Bly) förekommer i batteriet eller
ackumulatorn med en koncentration som överstiger tillämplig gräns som anges i Batteridirektivet.
Produkten ska lämnas in på en avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att
hantera elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning (EE-utrustning) samt batterier och ackumulatorer eller hos
handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande köps (en mot en). Olämplig
hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha negativ inverkan på miljön och människors hälsa på grund av
de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning. Din medverkan till en
korrekt avfallshantering av produkten bidrar till effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Om du vill ha mer
information om var du kan lämna in den här produkten, kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd
myndighet eller företag för avfallshantering eller se www.canon-europe.com/weee, eller www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice OEEZ (2012/19/EU), směrnice o bateriích (2006/66/ES) a/
nebo podle vnitrostátních právních prováděcích předpisů k těmto směrnicím nemá být tento výrobek
likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Je-li v souladu s požadavky směrnice o bateriích vytištěna pod výše
uvedeným symbolem chemická značka, udává, že tato baterie nebo akumulátor obsahuje těžké kovy (Hg
= rtuť, Cd = kadmium, Pb = olovo) v koncentraci vyšší, než je příslušná hodnota předepsaná směrnicí.
Tento výrobek má být vrácen do určeného sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru
jednoho výrobku za jeden nově prodaný podobný výrobek, nebo do autorizovaného sběrného místa pro
recyklaci odpadních elektrických a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ), baterií a akumulátorů. Nevhodné
nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví,
protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše
spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku napomůže efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů.
Chcete-li získat podrobné informace týkající se recyklace tohoto výrobku, obraťte se prosím na místní
úřad, orgán pro nakládání s odpady, schválený systém nakládání s odpady či společnost zajišťující
likvidaci domovního odpadu, nebo navštivte webové stránky www.canon-europe.com/weee nebo
www.canon-europe.com/battery.
256
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
Ezek a szimbólumok azt jelzik, hogy a termék hulladékkezelése a háztartási hulladéktól különválasztva,
az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések hulladékairól (WEEE) szóló (2012/19/EU) irányelvnek és az
elemekről és akkumulátorokról, valamint a hulladék elemekről és akkumulátorokról szóló (2006/66/EK)
irányelvnek megfelelően és/vagy ezen irányelveknek megfelelő helyi előírások szerint történik.
Amennyiben a fent feltüntetett szimbólum alatt egy vegyjel is szerepel, az elemekről és akkumulátorokról
szóló irányelvben foglaltak értelmében ez azt jelzi, hogy az elem vagy az akkumulátor az irányelvben
meghatározott határértéknél nagyobb mennyiségben tartalmaz nehézfémet (Hg = higany, Cd = kadmium,
Pb = ólom). E terméket az arra kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre kell juttatni – pl. hasonló termék vásárlásakor a régi
becserélésére vonatkozó hivatalos program keretében, vagy az elektromos és elektronikus berendezések
(EEE) hulladékainak gyűjtésére, valamint a hulladék elemek és hulladék akkumulátorok gyűjtésére kijelölt
hivatalos gyűjtőhelyre. Az ilyen jellegű hulladékok nem előírásszerű kezelése az elektromos és
elektronikus berendezésekhez (EEE) általánosan kapcsolható potenciálisan veszélyes anyagok révén
hatással lehet a környezetre és az egészségre. E termék megfelelő leselejtezésével Ön is hozzájárul a
természeti források hatékony használatához. A termék újrahasznosítását illetően informálódjon a helyi
polgármesteri hivatalnál, a helyi közterület-fenntartó vállalatnál, a hivatalos hulladéklerakó telephelyen
vagy a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését végző szolgáltatónál, illetve látogasson el a www.canon-
europe.com/weee, vagy www.canon-europe.com/battery internetes oldalra.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Te symbole oznaczają, że produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z odpadami gospodarstwa domowego,
zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE w sprawie zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) lub
dyrektywą w sprawie baterii (2006/66/WE) bądź przepisami krajowymi wdrażającymi te dyrektywy. Jeśli
pod powyższym symbolem znajduje się symbol chemiczny, zgodnie z dyrektywą w sprawie baterii
oznacza to, że bateria lub akumulator zawiera metal ciężki (Hg = rtęć, Cd = kadm, Pb = ołów) w stężeniu
przekraczającym odpowiedni poziom określony w dyrektywie w sprawie baterii. Użytkownicy baterii i
akumulatorów mają obowiązek korzystać z dostępnego programu zwrotu, recyklingu i utylizacji baterii
oraz akumulatorów. Niewłaściwe postępowanie z tego typu odpadami może mieć wpływ na środowisko i
zdrowie ludzi ze względu na substancje potencjalnie niebezpieczne, związane ze zużytym sprzętem
elektrycznym i elektronicznym. Państwa współpraca w zakresie właściwej utylizacji tego produktu
przyczyni się do efektywnego wykorzystania zasobów naturalnych. W celu uzyskania informacji o
sposobie recyklingu tego produktu prosimy o kontakt z właściwym urzędem miejskim lub zakładem
gospodarki komunalnej bądź zapraszamy na stronę www.canon-europe.com/weee, lub www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
257
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tieto symboly označujú, že podľa Smernice o odpade z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (OEEZ)
2012/19/EÚ, Smernice o batériách (2006/66/ES) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento
produkt nesmie likvidovať spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Ak je chemická značka vytlačená pod vyššie
uvedeným symbolom, znamená to, že táto batéria alebo akumulátor obsahuje ťažký kov (Hg = ortuť, Cd =
kadmium, Pb = olovo) v koncentrácii vyššej, ako je príslušná povolená hodnota stanovená v Smernici o
batériách. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom výmeny za kúpu
nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva odpad z elektrických
a elektronických zariadení (EEZ), batérií a akumulátorov. Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom
odpadu môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a
elektronické zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii tohto
produktu prispejete k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o recyklácii tohto
produktu získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee, alebo www.canon-europe.com/battery.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
Antud sümbolid viitavad sellele, et vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL), patareisid ja akusid ning patarei- ja akujäätmeid käsitlevale direktiivile
(2006/66/EÜ) ja/või nimetatud direktiive rakendavatele riiklikele õigusaktidele ei või seda toodet koos
olmejäätmetega ära visata. Kui keemiline sümbol on trükitud eespool toodud sümboli alla, siis tähendab
see, et antud patareis või akus leiduva raskemetalli (Hg = elavhõbe, Cd = kaadmium, Pb = plii)
kontsentratsioonitase on kõrgem kui patareisid ja akusid ning patarei- ja akujäätmeid käsitlevas direktiivis
sätestatud piirmäär. Antud tootest tekkinud jäätmed tuleb anda vastavasse kogumispunkti, nt
müügipunkti, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või vastavasse
elektri- ja lektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ning patareide ja akude ümbertöötlemiseks mõeldud
kogumispunkti. Antud liiki jäätmete vale käitlemine võib kahjustada keskkonda ja inimeste tervist elektri- ja
elektroonikajäätmetes tavaliselt leiduvate potentsiaalselt ohtlike ainete tõttu. Antud tootest tekkinud
jäätmete nõuetekohase kõrvaldamisega aitate kasutada loodusvarasid efektiivselt. Täiendava teabe
saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud jäätmete ning patarei- ja akujäätmete tagastamise
ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase valitsusasutusega,
asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet leitate ka Interneti-
leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee või www.canon-europe.com/battery.
258
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šie simboli norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA), Direktīvai (2006/66/EK) par baterijām un akumulatoriem, un akumulatoru atkritumiem,
ar ko atceļ Direktīvu 91/157/EEK, un vietējiem tiesību aktiem šo izstrādājumu nedrīkst izmest kopā ar
sadzīves atkritumiem. Ja zem iepriekš norādītā simbola ir uzdrukāts ķīmiskais simbols, saskaņā ar
direktīvu par baterijām un akumulatoriem tas nozīmē, ka šīs baterijas vai akumulatori satur smagos
metālus (Hg = dzīvsudrabs, Cd = kadmijs, Pb = svins) un to koncentrācijas līmenis pārsniedz direktīvā par
baterijām un akumulatoriem minēto piemērojamo slieksni. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā
savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat
veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu un bateriju un akumulatoru
pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi un cilvēka veselību tādu
iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās iekārtās. Jūsu atbalsts pareizā
šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu
pilnīgāku informāciju par šāda veida izstrādājumu nodošanu otrreizējai pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo
pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvaroto organizāciju vai iestādi, kas veic sadzīves
atkritumu apsaimniekošanu, vai apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee, vai www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šie simboliai reiškia, kad šio gaminio negalima išmesti į buitines atliekas, kaip reikalaujama WEEE
Direktyvoje (2012/19/ES) ir Baterijų direktyvoje (2006/66/EB) ir (ar) jūsų šalies nacionaliniuose
įstatymuose, kuriais šios Direktyvos yra įgyvendinamos. Jeigu cheminio ženklo simbolis yra nurodytas
žemiau šio ženklo, tai reiškia, kad vadovaujantis Baterijų direktyvą, baterijų ar akumuliatorių sudėtyje yra
sunkiųjų metalų (Hg = gyvsidabrio, Cd = kadmio, Pb = švino), kurių koncentracija viršija Baterijų
direktyvoje nurodytas leistinas ribas. Šį gaminį reikia pristatyti į specialųjį surinkimo punktą, pavyzdžiui,
mainais, kai jūs perkate naują panašų gaminį, arba į specialiąją surinkimo vietą, kurioje perdirbamos
elektrinės ir elektroninės įrangos atliekos bei naudotos baterijos ir akumuliatoriai. Dėl netinkamo šio tipo
atliekų tvarkymo gali nukentėti aplinka ir iškilti grėsmė žmogaus sveikatai dėl galimai kenksmingų
medžiagų, iš esmės susijusių su elektrine ir elektronine įranga. Bendradarbiaudami ir teisingai
utilizuodami šiuos gaminius, jūs padėsite efektyviai naudoti gamtinius išteklius. Daugiau informacijos apie
gaminio perdirbimą jums gali suteikti vietinis biuras, atliekų tvarkymo bendrovė, sertifikuoti organai ar
buitinių atliekų surinkimo įmonės. Taip pat siūloma apsilankyti interneto svetainėje www.canon-
europe.com/weee, arba www.canon-europe.com/battery.
259
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ti simboli pomenijo, da tega izdelka skladno z Direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU), Direktivo 2006/66/ES in/ali
nacionalno zakonodajo, ki uvaja ti direktivi, ne smete odlagati z nesortiranimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Če
je pod zgoraj prikazanim simbolom natisnjen kemijski simbol, to v skladu z Direktivo pomeni, da je v tej
bateriji ali akumulatorju prisotna težka kovina (Hg = živo srebro, Cd = kadmij, Pb = svinec), in sicer v
koncentraciji, ki je nad relevantno mejno vrednostjo, določeno v Direktivi. Ta izdelek je potrebno odnesti
na izbrano zbirno mesto, t. j. pooblaščeno trgovino, kjer ob nakupu novega (podobnega) izdelka vrnete
starega, ali na pooblaščeno zbirno mesto za ponovno uporabo odpadne električne in elektronske opreme
(EEO) ter baterij in akumulatorjev. Neustrezno ravnanje s to vrsto odpadkov lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človeško zdravje zaradi potencialno nevarnih snovi, ki so pogosto povezane z EEO. Vaše
sodelovanje pri pravilnem odlaganju tega izdelka predstavlja pomemben prispevek k smotrni izrabi
naravnih virov. Za več informacij o ponovni uporabi tega izdelka se obrnite na lokalen mestni urad,
pristojno službo za odpadke, predstavnika pooblaščenega programa za obdelavo odpadkov ali na lokalno
komunalo. Lahko pa tudi obiščete našo spletno stran www.canon-europe.com/weee, ali www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Тези символи показват, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC), Директивата за батерии (2006/66/ЕО) и/или Вашето
национално законодателство, прилагащо тези Директиви. Ако под показания горе символ е
отпечатан символ за химически елемент, съгласно разпоредбите на Директивата за батерии, този
втори символ означава наличието на тежък метал (Hg = живак, Cd = кадмий, Pb = олово) в
батерията или акумулатора в концентрация над указаната граница за съответния елемент в
Директивата. Този продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране,
например на база размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт
за рециклиране на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО), батерии
и акумулатори. Неправилното третиране на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални
отрицателни последствия за околната среда и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните
вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО. В същото време Вашето съдействие за
правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за ефективното използване на природните
ресурси. За повече информация относно това къде можете да предадете за рециклиране на този
продукт, моля свържете се с Вашите местни власти, с органа, отговорен за отпадъците, с
одобрената система за ИУЕЕО или с Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци, или посетете
www.canon-europe.com/weee, или www.canon-europe.com/battery.
260
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Aceste simboluri indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat împreună cu deşeurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (2012/19/UE), Directiva referitoare la baterii (2006/66/CE) şi/sau legile
dvs. naţionale ce implementează aceste Directive. Dacă un simbol chimic este imprimat sub simbolul de
mai sus, în conformitate cu Directiva referitoare la baterii, acest simbol indică prezenţa în baterie sau
acumulator a unui metal greu (Hg = Mercur, Cd = Cadmiu, Pb = Plumb) într-o concentraţie mai mare
decât pragul admis specificat în Directiva referitoare la baterii. Acest produs trebuie înmânat punctului de
colectare adecvat, ex: printr-un schimb autorizat unu la unu atunci când cumpăraţi un produs nou similar
sau la un loc de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea reziduurilor de echipament electric şi electronic
(EEE) şi baterii şi acumulatori. Administrarea neadecvată a acestui tip de deşeuri, ar putea avea un
impact asupra mediului şi asupra sănătăţii umane datorită substanţelor cu potenţial de risc care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. Cooperarea dvs. în direcţia reciclării corecte a acestui produs va contribui la o
utilizare eficientă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii despre reciclarea acestui produs, vă
rugăm să contactaţi biroul dvs. local, autorităţile responsabile cu deşeurile, schema aprobată sau serviciul
dvs. responsabil cu deşeurile menajere sau vizitaţi-ne la www.canon-europe.com/weee, sau www.canon-
europe.com/battery.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEA (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Oznaka pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s komunalnim i ostalim vrstama otpada, u skladu
s direktivom WEEE (2012/19/EC), Direktivom o baterijama (2006/66/EC) i Pravilnikom o gospodarenju
otpadnim baterijama i akumulatorima te Pravilnikom o gospodarenju otpadnim električnim i elektroničkim
uređajima i opremom. Ako je ispod prethodno prikazane oznake otisnut kemijski simbol, u skladu s
Direktivom o baterijama, to znači da se u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru nalazi teški metal (Hg = živa, Cd =
kadmij, Pb = olovo) i da je njegova koncentracija iznad razine propisane u Direktivi o baterijama. Ovaj bi
proizvod trebalo predati ovlašenom skupljaču EE otpada ili prodavatelju koji je dužan preuzeti otpadni
proizvod po sistemu jedan za jedan, ukoliko isti odgovara vrsti te je obavljao primarne funkcije kao i
isporučena EE oprema. Otpadne baterije i akumulatori predaju se ovlaštenom skupljaču otpadnih baterija
ili akumulatora ili prodavatelju bez naknade i obveze kupnje za krajnjeg korisnika. Neodgovarajuće
rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može utjecati na okoliš i ljudsko zdravlje zbog potencijalno opasnih
supstanci koje se najčešće nalaze na takvim mjestima. Vaša suradnja u pravilnom zbrinjavanju ovog
proizvoda pridonijet će djelotvornom iskorištavanju prirodnih resursa. Dodatne informacije o recikliranju
ovog proizvoda zatražite od svog lokalnog gradskog ureda, službe za zbrinjavanje otpada, odobrenog
programa ili komunalne službe za uklanjanje otpada ili pak na stranicama www.canon-europe.com/weee
ili www.canon-europe.com/battery.
261
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu sa
WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU), Direktivom o baterijama (2006/66/EC) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ukoliko
je ispod gore navedenog simbola odštampan hemijski simbol, u skladu sa Direktivom o baterijama, ovaj
simbol označava da su u ovoj bateriji ili akumulatoru prisutni teški metali (Hg – živa, Cd – kadmijum, Pb -
olovo) u koncentracijama koje premašuju prihvatljivi prag naveden u Direktivi o baterijama. Ovaj proizvod
treba predati određenom centru za prikupljanje, npr. po principu „jedan-za-jedan“ kada kupujete sličan
novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme
(EEE), baterija i akumulatora. Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativne posledice
po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za
EEE. Vaša saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih
resursa. Više informacija o tome kako možete da reciklirate ovaj proizvod potražite od lokalnih gradskih
vlasti, komunalne službe, odobrenog plana reciklaže ili servisa za odlaganje kućnog otpada, ili posetite
stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee, ili www.canon-europe.com/battery.
262
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
Various settings > Printer settings > Reset settings > Reset all > Yes
263
Legal Restrictions on Printing
Printing or modifying printed copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
Paper money
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Identification badges or insignia
Selective service or draft papers
Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
Traveler's checks
Food stamps
Passports
Immigration papers
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent
264
Screenshots in This Manual
For Windows:
The screenshots used in this manual are the screens that appear when the operating system Windows 10
is used.
For macOS:
The screenshots used in this manual are the screens that appear when the operating system macOS
Mojave 10.14 is used.
265
Basic Printing Workflow
Printing Photos from a Computer (Windows)
Printing Photos from a Computer (macOS)
266
Printing Photos from a Computer (Windows)
This section describes how to print photos with a software application on your computer.
1. Open the paper support (A) of the top feed.
2.
Open the paper output tray (B) gently.
3.
Open the output tray extension (C), then pull out the paper output support (D).
4.
Open the feed slot cover (E).
267
5. Slide right paper guide (F) to open both paper guides and load the paper in the center of
the top feed WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
6. Slide right paper guide (F) to align both paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
7.
Close feed slot cover gently.
The paper information registration screen for the top feed is displayed on the LCD.
8. Select the size and type of paper loaded in the top feed at Page size and Type, select
Register, then press the OK button.
268
9.
Select Print from the software application's menu.
In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box.
10.
Select your model name and click Preferences (or Properties).
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
Depending on software application you use, command names or menu names may vary and there
may be more steps. For details, refer to the user's manual of your software application.
11.
Select a frequently used profile.
In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select a printing profile suited for the purpose.
When you select a printing profile, the Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper Size
settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset.
12. Select the paper source.
Select Top Feed at Paper Source.
269
13.
After completing the setup, click OK, then execute print.
Note
The printer driver setup window enables you to specify various settings for printing.
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
For printing on long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), make sure
enough ink remains.
270
Printing Photos from a Computer (macOS)
This section describes how to print photos with a software application on your computer.
1. Open the paper support (A) of the top feed.
2.
Open the paper output tray (B) gently.
3.
Open the output tray extension (C), then pull out the paper output support (D).
4.
Open the feed slot cover (E).
271
5. Slide right paper guide (F) to open both paper guides and load the paper in the center of
the top feed WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
6. Slide right paper guide (F) to align both paper guides with both sides of the paper stack.
7.
Close feed slot cover gently.
The paper information registration screen for the top feed is displayed on the LCD.
8. Select the size and type of paper loaded in the top feed at Page size and Type, select
Register, then press the OK button.
272
9.
Select Print from the software application's menu.
In general, select Print... from the File menu to open the Print dialog.
Note
For details on the operations of software application you use, refer to the user's manual of your
software application.
10.
Select your model from the Printer list.
Click Show Details to switch the Setup window to the detailed display.
11. Select the paper size.
For Paper Size, select the paper size to be used.
273
12.
Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu.
13.
Select the media type.
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
14. Select the paper source.
Select Top Feed at Paper Source.
274
15.
After completing the setup, click Print, then execute print.
Note
The Print dialog of the printer driver enables you to specify various settings for printing.
Printing from Application Software (macOS Printer Driver)
For printing on long-length paper (paper that the length is up to 39.00 in. (990.6 mm)), make sure
enough ink remains.
275
Enhanced Printing Options
Printing from Your Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basics
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Various Printing Methods
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Duplex Printing
Printing on Postcards
Changing the Clear Coating Settings
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting the Stapling Margin
Fit-to-Page Printing
Booklet Printing
Stamp/Background Printing
Registering a Stamp
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
276
Interpreting the ICC Profile
Adjusting Tone
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Printing from Application Software (macOS Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basics
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Various Printing Methods
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Printing on Postcards
Changing the Clear Coating Settings
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting the Stapling Margin
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
Interpreting the ICC Profile
Adjusting Tone
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
277
Printing Using a Web Service
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Getting Google Account
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print
Printing Using AirPrint
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing with Mopria Print Service
Printing with Canon Print Service
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
Printing from Digital Camera
Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
278
Printing from Your Computer
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver)
Printing from Application Software (macOS Printer Driver)
Printing Using a Web Service
279
Printing from Application Software (macOS Printer Driver)
Basic Printing Setup Basic
Various Printing Methods
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
280
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes the simple setup procedure so that the printer prints properly.
1. Check that printer is turned on
2.
Load paper in printer
3.
Select printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog.
Note
Click Show Details to switch the Setup window to the detailed display.
4.
Select the paper size
For Paper Size, select the paper size to be used.
You can also set the number of copies, the printing range, and the printing direction.
281
5.
From the pop-up menu, select Quality & Media
6.
Select media type
Select the Media Type that is loaded in the printer.
282
7.
Select the paper source
Select an item in Manual Feed or Top Feed that matches your purpose for Paper Source.
Important
The paper source settings that can be selected may differ depending on the paper type and size.
8. Select print quality
For Print Quality, select Highest, Standard, or Fast according to your purpose.
283
Important
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
9.
Click Print
When you perform printing, the printer prints the document to match the media type and paper size.
Important
If you are performing large-format printing, make sure that the ink tank has plenty of remaining ink.
In the Presets section, click Save Current Settings as Preset... to register the specified settings.
To print by using the manual feed tray, perform the operation according to the instructions displayed on
the screen.
284
Note
If the paper settings in the print dialog differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Register Paper Information."
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
When you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Smooth, Premium Fine Art
Rough or Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A from the Quality & Media pop-up menu of the print
dialog, we recommend that you set Paper Size to 4 x 6, L, or "XXX Margin 25" in the print dialog.
When a page size other than "XXX Margin 25" is selected, an error message may appear.
Select "XXX Margin 25", or change the Cancel Margin Regulation for paper size setting from the
Advanced Paper Settings pop-up menu of the print dialog.
285
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer's operation panel
or the printer driver as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
Media Type in the printer
driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A Plus Glossy II A
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101> Photo Paper Pro Platinum Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Plus Semi-gloss
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Premium Fine Art Smooth <FA-SM1> Premium Fine Art Smooth Fine Art Smooth
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1> Premium Fine Art Rough Fine Art Rough
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte <PM-101> Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A ProPremiumMatteA
Commercially available papers
When you use non-genuine Canon paper, you can print easily by using the existing settings that have
been prepared on the printer's operation panel and in the printer driver.
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information regis-
tered on the printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Photo Paper (Approximately 0.1mm to less
than 0.3mm)
Lightweight Photo Paper *2 Light Photo Paper
286
Photo Paper (Approximately 0.3mm to less
than 0.6mm)
Heavyweight Photo Paper *2 Heavy Photo Paper
Baryta Photo Paper *3 Baryta Photo Paper Baryta PhotoPaper
Art Paper (Approximately 0.1mm to less than
0.3mm)
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper *2 Heavy Art Paper
Art Paper (Approximately 0.3mm to less than
0.6mm)
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
*2
EX Hvy Art Paper
Art Paper *1 Highest Density Fine Art Paper High Density Art
Fabric that has the look of canvas Canvas *2 Canvas
Japanese Paper Washi Japanese Paper Washi *2 Japanese Paper
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card IJ Greeting Card
Card Stock Card Stock Card stock
*1 Use the Highest Density Fine Art Paper setting when using a type of Fine Art Paper that is
particularly thick and will absorb more ink than others. More ink is used than in regular printing and
therefore depending on the type of paper, it can increase the depth of color.
However, depending on the type of paper used, the ink can bleed into the paper, causing the paper to rub
and get dirty, or damage the print heads.
*2 To improve the print quality and paper feeding when using paper other than Canon genuine paper,
create a custom paper by using Media Configuration Tool and add it to the printer.
These media types can be used as custom paper standards.
*3 If you are using baryta photo paper for inkjet printers, configure settings for Baryta Photo Paper.
It improves the consistency of the coloring and gloss, achieving high-quality print results with a sense of
depth.
Note
If you have added a new media type using the Media Configuration Tool, open the Canon IJ Printer
Utility2, and from Media Information, select Update Media Information (Correct Media Information)
and carry out a driver media information update.
When printing on a newly added media type, change both the media settings on the printer driver and
the registered media information on the printer to those of the new media.
When you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Smooth, Premium Fine Art
Rough, or Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A from the Quality & Media pop-up menu of the print
dialog, we recommend that you set Paper Size to 4 x 6, L, or "XXX Margin 25" in the print dialog.
For information about printable ranges, refer to "Print Area."
287
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
4 x 6 KG/4"x6"(10x15)
5 x 7 2L/5"x7"(13x18)
7 x 10 7"x10"(18x25cm)
8 x 10 8"x10"(20x25cm)
10"x12" 25x30cm 10"x12"(25x30cm)
210x594mm 210x594mm
210x594mm Margin 25 210x594mm
A3 A3
A3 Margin 25 A3
A3+ 13"x19" 33x48cm A3+
A3+ Margin 25 A3+
A4 A4
A4 Margin 25 A4
A5 A5
JIS B4 B4
JIS B5 B5
L L(89x127mm)
Postcard Hagaki
Postcard Double Hagaki 2
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Square 12"x12" 30x30cm 12"x12"(30x30cm)
Tabloid 11"x17"(28x43cm)
Tabloid Margin 25 11"x17"(28x43cm)
288
US Legal Legal
US Letter Letter
US Letter Margin 25 Letter
Custom Size Others
289
Various Printing Methods
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Perform Borderless Printing
Scaled Printing
Page Layout Printing
Printing on Postcards
Changing the Clear Coating Settings
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting the Stapling Margin
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
290
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Collate pages + Reverse Collate pages + Normal Reverse
The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:
1.
Specify the number of copies to be printed
Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog.
2.
Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu
3.
Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies
box
Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together.
Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together.
4. Specify the print order
Check Page Order.
When you select Automatic or Reverse, printing starts from the last page.
When you select Normal, printing starts from the first page.
291
5.
Click Print
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the
settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
292
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it
extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Note
You can also set Magnification level for borderless on the operation panel of the printer, but the
settings on the printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Select the size of the paper for borderless printing
Select "XXX borderless" from the Paper Size in the Print Dialog.
2. Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu
3. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Borderless Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
293
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
When the Borderless Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
4.
Click Print
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
When borderless printing is enabled, Plain Paper and Hagaki A appear grayed out and are
unavailable in Media Type list of Quality & Media of the pop-up menu in the Print dialog.
Depending on the type of paper, Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and
bottom edges of the paper. Borderless Printing on thick paper may also smudge the front or back
surface of the paper.
When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
When you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Smooth, Premium Fine Art
Rough or Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A from the Quality & Media pop-up menu of the print
dialog, borderless full-page printing is not recommended.
294
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Borderless Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
When the Borderless Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in
the full size.
295
Scaled Printing
The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:
1.
Select the printer
In the Page Setup Dialog, select your model name from the Format For list.
2.
Set scaled printing
Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box, and click OK.
Note
Depending on the Scale value that you set, an error message may be displayed.
3.
Complete the setup
On the Print Dialog, click Print.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the Page Setup dialog.
296
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Select Layout from the pop-up menu in the Print Dialog
2.
Set the number of original you print on one page
In Pages per Sheet, specify the number of page you print on one page.
3. If necessary, set the following items
Layout Direction
To change the page placement order, select an icon from the list.
Border
To print a page border around each document page, select a type of page border.
Reverse page orientation
Select this check box to change the paper orientation.
Flip horizontally
Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document.
297
4. Click Print
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
298
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for postcard printing.
1. Load postcard on the printer
2.
Select paper size in the Print Dialog
Select Postcard or Postcard Double from the Paper Size menu.
Important
Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Postcard Double from your
application software or the printer driver.
Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
3.
Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu
4.
Select the media type
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
Important
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the
message side first and then print the address side.
The paper settings in the print dialog are different, depending on whether you are printing on the
address side or the message side. For details about the paper information to be registered in the
print dialog and on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
5. Click Print
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
If you check the Do not show again check box when a guide message is displayed before printing
starts, this will stop any more guide messages from being displayed.
299
Changing the Clear Coating Settings
When you perform clear coating, the printer applies chroma optimizer (CO) ink onto the printing surface and
allows you to adjust the glossiness.
This section explains procedures for changing the clear coating settings.
1.
From the Print Dialog, display the pop-up menu, and select Advanced Paper Settings
2.
Setting the clear coating area
Select Auto or Overall under Clear Coating Area.
Auto
The printer automatically sets the areas to be clear-coated and whether clear coating is to be
performed.
It may be possible to reduce the ink consumption of the chroma optimizer (CO) or to accelerate the
print speed.
Overall
The printer clear-coats the entire print area.
If selecting Auto produced unsatisfactory clear coating effects, selecting Overall may improve the
results.
300
Important
On the Quality & Media, look at Media Type. If a media type other than Photo Paper Plus
Glossy II A, Photo Paper Pro Platinum, Photo Paper Pro Luster, Photo Paper Plus Semi-
gloss, Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade, Lightweight Photo Paper, Heavyweight Photo Paper,
or Baryta Photo Paper is selected, you cannot select Overall.
If Overall is selected and the media type is changed to one that cannot use Overall, the clear
coating area setting is changed to Auto.
3.
Click Print
When printing is performed, the clear coating effect that was set is added when the document is printed.
301
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu.
Such a paper size is called "custom size."
The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:
1.
Creating a new custom paper size
In the Print Dialog, select Manage Custom Sizes... from Paper Size.
In the displayed dialog, click +.
Untitled will be added to the list.
2.
Setting details about the custom paper size
Click Untitled, enter the name of the paper size you want to register, and specify the Width and Height
of the paper for Paper Size.
Select User Defined or your model for Non-Printable Area, and enter the margins.
3.
Registering the custom paper size
Click OK.
The custom size is registered.
Important
If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width
values, use the application software to set the values. If the application software does not have such a
function or if the document does not print correctly, perform the above procedure from the printer driver
to set the values.
Note
To duplicate the registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the
Custom Paper Sizes list, and click Duplicate.
To delete a registered paper size, select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper
Sizes list, and click -.
302
If the paper settings in the print dialog differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Register Paper Information."
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Related Topic
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
303
Setting the Stapling Margin
The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows:
1.
Select Page Processing from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog
2.
Set the margin width and the staple side
If necessary, set the Margin width, and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list.
Note
The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin.
3.
Click Print
When you perform print, the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side.
Important
When borderless printing is enabled, Margin and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
304
Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size
The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be
used is as follows:
1.
Check the paper size
Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the
application software.
2.
Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu
3. Set the print paper size
Check the Scale to fit paper size check box. Then from the Destination Paper Size pop-up menu,
select the paper size that is actually loaded in the printer.
4. If necessary, check the Scale down only check box
305
When you check this check box, the document will be reduced to fit to the paper size when the
document size is larger than the page size. The document will be printed in the original size when the
document size is smaller than the page size.
5. Click Print
When you perform print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.
306
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
In this printer, there are two paper sources, a manual feed tray and a top feed.
You can facilitate printing by selecting a paper source setting that matches your media type or purpose.
The procedure for setting paper source is as follows:
1.
Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Select the media type
For Media Type, select the same paper type loaded in the printer.
3.
Select the paper source
For Paper Source, select the item below that matches your purpose.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Important
When Plain Paper, Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, or Hagaki is selected from the Media Type
menu of the Quality & Media on the pop-up menu in the Print dialog, paper cannot be supplied
from the manual feed tray in the back.
When 4 x 6, 5 x 7, 7 x 10, A5, JIS B5, L, Postcard, Postcard Double, or Square 5"x5"
13x13cm is selected for Paper Size on the Print Dialog, paper cannot be supplied from the
manual feed tray in the back.
Top Feed
Paper is fed from the top feed.
307
Important
When Premium Baryta Photo Paper, Fine Art Smooth, Premium Fine Art Rough, Photo
Paper Pro Premium Matte A, Heavyweight Photo Paper, Extra Heavyweight Fine Art
Paper, or Highest Density Fine Art Paper is selected from the Media Type menu of the
Quality & Media on the pop-up menu in the Print dialog, paper cannot be supplied from the top
feed.
4. Click Print
When you perform print, the printer uses the specified paper source to print the data.
Note
If the paper settings in the print dialog differ from the paper information registered on the printer,
an error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Register Paper
Information."
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
308
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
Interpreting the ICC Profile
Adjusting Tone
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
309
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
The print quality level can be set in the Custom.
The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:
1. Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog
2.
Select the print quality
Select Custom for Print Quality.
3.
Setting the print quality level
Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level.
4.
Click Print
When you perform print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.
Important
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
310
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:
1.
Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu on the Print Dialog
2.
Set black and white photo printing
Check the Black and White Photo Print check box.
3.
Click Print
When you perform print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color
document in monochrome.
Note
During Black and White Photo Print, inks other than black ink may be used as well.
Related Topic
Adjusting Tone
311
Specifying Color Correction
You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, when data is printed, the printer driver automatically adjusts the colors.
When you want to print by using the color space of the image data effectively or by specifying a printing ICC
profile from your application software, select ColorSync. When you want to print by having the printer driver
correct the colors, select Canon Color Matching.
The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:
1.
Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Select color correction
Select the item below that matches your purpose.
ColorSync
Perform color correction using ColorSync.
Canon Color Matching
The driver will perform necessary adjustments during printing.
For information about driver matching, see "Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver."
Important
If you think that the colors displayed on the monitor are different from the printed results, go to the
print dialog popup menu Quality & Media, and then select No Color Correction in Rendering
Intent.
3. Click Print
When you perform print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.
Important
Depending on the application software, when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application
software, Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically.
312
The Quality & Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is
selected.
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver)
Interpreting the ICC Profile
313
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ
from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method
that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.
Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color
management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color
space.
For macOS, a color management system called "ColorSync" is built into the operating system.
sRGB is one of the common color spaces that is frequently used.
ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and
carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color
reproduction area that the printer can express.
Note
Normally, image files are saved in JPEG format. Some digital cameras allow you to save images in a
format called RAW. RAW data refers to an image saving format that requires a computer to develop
the image. You can embed an input ICC profile tag into a RAW file by using special application
software.
Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data
The recommended printing method depends on the color space of the image data or the application
software to be used.
There are two typical printing methods.
Check the color space of the image data and the application software to be used, and then select the
printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver.
Select this function when you want to print impressions that are close to those displayed on the
monitor, for example, if you corrected the colors while checking the print image on the monitor.
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software)
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of the image data effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver
so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.
Related Topic
Interpreting the ICC Profile
314
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
To use driver matching when printing, turn on the printer driver's color correction function.
Driver matching accurately applies the characteristics of data displayed on the monitor and allows you to
obtain print results of impressions that are close to those displayed on the monitor.
Important
When printing using driver matching, Canon recommends that you set the monitor and the environment
light as follows:
Monitor
Color temperature: D50 (5000K)
Brightness: 100 to 120cd/m2
Gamma: 2.2
Environment light
Fluorescent light for D50 color evaluation (color temperature 5000K, high color rendering
properties)
Brightness when looking at printed materials: 500 lx ± 125 lx
Note
When printing from an application software that allows you to identify and specify ICC profiles, use an
ICC profile for printing with that application software and select setting items that manage colors.
1.
Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2. Select color correction
Select Canon Color Matching.
3. Select the rendering intent
Select Perceptual (Photo) in Rendering Intent in the Quality & Media pop-up menu.
4. Set the other items
315
From the pop-up menu, select Color Options. If necessary, adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow) and adjust Brightness, and Contrast settings.
5.
Click Print
When you perform print, the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
316
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Application Software)
When you print from Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that
can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles, printer uses the color management
system (ColorSync) built-into macOS when printing. The printer prints the editing and touch-up results of the
application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.
To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify an
input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper, be
sure to select color management items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.
1.
Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Select color correction
Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.
Important
Depending on the application software you use, you may not be able to select setting items other
than ColorSync.
If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer
will not be able to print with the correct colors.
If you think that the colors displayed on the monitor are different from the printed results, go to the
print dialog popup menu Quality & Media, and then select No Color Correction in Rendering
Intent.
3. Click Print
When you perform print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
317
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
318
Printing with ICC Profiles (Specifying an ICC Profile from the
Printer Driver)
Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space
of the input ICC profile found in the data.
1.
Select Color Matching from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Select color correction
Select ColorSync.
You can leave Profile set to Automatic.
Important
If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or "Printing Paper ICC Profile", the printer
will not be able to print with the correct colors.
3.
Click Print
When you perform print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Important
You cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
319
Interpreting the ICC Profile
When you need to specify an ICC profile for this printer, specify the ICC profile of the print output media.
The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows.
(1) : Printer model
(2) : Media type
Baryta Photo Paper -P: Baryta Photo Paper
Canvas -P: Canvas
Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper -P: Extra Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper -P: Heavyweight Fine Art Paper
Heavyweight Photo Paper -P: Heavyweight Photo Paper
Highest Density Fine Art Paper -P: Highest Density Fine Art Paper
Japanese Paper Washi -P: Japanese Paper Washi
Lightweight Photo Paper -P: Lightweight Photo Paper
Matte Photo Paper -P: Matte Photo Paper
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss: Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade: Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade
Photo Paper Pro Luster: Photo Paper Pro Luster
Photo Paper Pro Platinum: Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A: Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough: Premium Fine Art Rough
Premium Fine Art Smooth: Premium Fine Art Smooth
320
Adjusting Tone
When printing black and white photos, you can produce the cooling effects of cool colors and the warming
effects of warm colors.
Cool Tone is selected Black and White is selected Warm Tone is selected
The procedure for adjusting tone is as follows:
1.
Select Quality & Media from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Select the media type
For Media Type, select either Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A, Photo Paper Pro Platinum, Photo
Paper Pro Luster, Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, Photo Paper Pro Crystal Grade, Lightweight
Photo Paper, Heavyweight Photo Paper, Baryta Photo Paper, Premium Fine Art Smooth, Premium
Fine Art Rough, Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A, Heavyweight Fine Art Paper, Extra
Heavyweight Fine Art Paper, Highest Density Fine Art Paper, Canvas, or Japanese Paper Washi.
3.
Set black and white photo printing
Check the Black and White Photo Print check box.
4. Select Color Options from the pop-up menu
321
5. Adjusting monochrome tones
Specify one of the following items from Tone. The selected value will be shown in the preview on the left
side.
Cool Tone
This item adjusts color tones to cool shades (cool black). When you select Cool Tone, a value of
-30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Black and White
This item adjusts color tones to neutral shades. When you select Black and White, a value of 0 is
entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Warm Tone
This item adjusts color tones to warm shades (warm black). When you select Warm Tone, a value
of 30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Custom
You can adjust the color tones while checking the colors in the adjustment area.
To adjust the color tones, either enter values directly or click the up/down arrows. When you enter
values, set values in the range of -100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y.
You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse.
If you select another color tone and then select Custom again, the values that were preset in
Custom are restored.
Important
Tone and X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value) are displayed when Black and White Photo
Print check box is selected for Quality & Media.
6. If necessary, adjust monochromatic colors manually
322
To adjust the color tones, either enter values directly to X or Y (Monochromatic adjustment value) or click
the up/down arrows.
You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse.
7. Click Print
When you perform print, the color document is converted to grayscale data with adjusted tones. It allows
you to print the color document in monochrome.
Important
If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then Tone, X, and Y appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
Related Topics
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
323
Adjusting Color Balance
You can adjust the color tints when printing.
Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes
the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color
balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so
that the overall colors are more uniform.
No adjustment Adjust color balance
The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:
1.
Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Adjust color balance
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the
corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved
to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
324
3.
Click Print
When you perform print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.
Important
When the Black and White Photo Print check box is checked for Quality & Media, the color balance
(Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) are unavailable.
If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
325
Adjusting Brightness
You can brighten or darken the colors of the overall image data during printing.
The following sample shows the case when light colors are darkened when the image data is printed.
No adjustment Darken light colors
The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:
1.
Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Adjust brightness
Moving the Brightness slider to the right brightens the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens
the colors.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Click Print
When you perform print, the data is printed at the adjusted brightness.
326
Important
If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Brightness appears grayed out and is
unavailable.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Contrast
327
Adjusting Contrast
You can adjust the image contrast during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase
the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images
smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
No adjustment Adjust the contrast
The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:
1.
Select Color Options from the pop-up menu of the Print Dialog
2.
Adjust the contrast
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases
the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The
current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Click Print
When you perform print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
328
Important
If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
329
Printing Using a Web Service
Printing with Google Cloud Print
330
Printing with Google Cloud Print
The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google
Inc.).
By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google
Cloud Print.
Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet
Once you register the printer to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting
Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
Sending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet
Important
This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.
To use Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud
Print in advance.
Additionally, internet connection with the printer is required to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Internet connection fees apply.
Enabling Bonjour on the printer is required.
Step1
Getting Google Account
Step2
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print
331
Step3
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
Important
When the printer owner changes, delete its registration from Google Cloud Print.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print
Internet connection with the printer is required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet
connection fees apply.
332
Getting Google Account
To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud
Print in advance.
Note
If you already have Google account, register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print
1.
Obtain Google account.
Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and register
the required information.
* The screen above may change without prior notice.
2.
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print.
333
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print
The printer can be registered to Google Cloud Print with the following two methods.
Registration Using Google Chrome
Registration Using Printer
Important
If you have not gotten Google account, get it.
Getting Google Account
When the printer owner changes, delete its registration from Google Cloud Print.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print
Internet connection with the printer is required to register the printer to Google Cloud Print and to delete
it. Internet connection fees apply.
Depending on the device or application you are using, a message urging you to register the printer to
Google Cloud Print may appear while the printer and your device are connected to the same network.
In this case, register the printer following the instructions that appears.
Registration Using Google Chrome
1.
Start Google Chrome browser on your computer.
2.
Select Sign in to Chrome from either your name or (user icon) in top right of
screen.
3.
Log in to your Google account.
4.
Select Settings from (Customize and control Google Chrome menu).
5.
Select Advanced to display information.
6. Select Manage Google Cloud devices for Google Cloud Print.
7. When your model name and Add printers button are displayed, select Add printers.
8. When confirmation message for registering printer appears, select Register.
9. When register confirmation screen is displayed on printer's LCD, select Yes.
Printer registration is complete.
334
10. Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print.
Registration Using Printer
1. Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2.
Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the buttons to select Web service setup and press the OK button.
4.
Select Web service connection setup > Google Cloud Print setup > Register with
Google Cloud Print.
Note
If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to
re-register the printer is displayed.
5.
When confirmation message to register printer is displayed, use the buttons to
select Yes and press the OK button.
6.
When message to select language on print setting screen of Google Cloud Print is
displayed, select Next and press the OK button.
7.
Use the buttons to select a display language on print setting screen of Google Cloud
Print and press the OK button.
The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed.
8. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper and press the OK button.
The authentication URL is printed.
9. Make sure authentication URL is printed, select Yes.
10. Perform authentication process using web browser on computer or mobile device.
Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the
authentication process following the on-screen instructions.
335
Important
Accessing to printed URL and performing the authentication process have to be carried out
quickly.
If you exceed time limit of the authentication process, an error message is displayed on the
printer's LCD. Select OK. When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is
displayed, try again from step 8.
Note
Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in
advance.
11.
When message that registration is complete is displayed on printer's LCD, select OK.
When authentication process is complete properly, the registration items are displayed. When
authentication process is complete, you can print the data with Google Cloud Print.
12.
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print.
336
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud
Print
When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the printer receives the print data and prints it
automatically.
When printing from a smartphone, tablet, computer, or other external device by using Google Cloud Print,
load paper into the printer in advance.
You can print with Google Cloud Print with the following two methods.
Printing via internet
Internet connection with the printer is required.
Sending Print Data via Internet
Printing without going through internet
Local network connection with the printer or enabling printer's Wireless Direct is required. Enabling
Bonjour on the printer is required.
Sending Print Data without Going through Internet
Note
Depending on the communication status, it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not
receive the print data.
While printing with Google Cloud Print, the printing may be canceled depending on the printer's status,
such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred. To resume printing, check the
printer's status and print with Google Cloud Print again.
For print settings:
Depending on the selected media type or paper size, printing may be on one side only even when
duplex printing is selected.
Depending on the selected media type or paper size, a border may be printed even when
Borderless Printing is selected.
The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data.
Depending on the device sending the print data, you may not select the print settings when sending
the print data with Google Cloud Print.
Sending Print Data via Internet
This section describes the operation to send print data from Google Chrome browser on the computer.
The operation differs depending on the device, applications, or services.
Important
Internet connection with the printer is required to send print data via internet. Internet connection fees
apply.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
337
Power Supply
Note
If the printer's Auto Power On function is enabled, the printer is turned on automatically when it
receives the print data.
2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer.
3.
Select Sign in to Chrome from either your name or (user icon) in top right of
screen.
4.
Log in to your Google account.
5.
Select Print... from (Customize and control Google Chrome menu).
6.
Select Change... next Destination.
7.
Select your model name from among the printers registered in Google Cloud Print.
338
8. Select Print.
When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the printer receives the print
data and prints it automatically.
When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately
When the printer cannot receive the print data automatically, or you want to start printing immediately,
you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually.
Follow the steps below.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2.
Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the buttons to select Web service inquiry and press the OK button.
Note
If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print, Web service inquiry is not
displayed.
4.
Use the buttons to select Print from Google Cloud Print and press the OK
button.
The confirmation screen to check is displayed.
5.
Use the buttons to select Yes and press the OK button.
If there is the print data, the printer receives the print data and prints it.
Sending Print Data without Going through Internet
This section describes the operation to send print data from Google Chrome browser on the computer.
The operation differs depending on the device, applications, or services.
Important
Local network connection with the printer or enabling printer's Wireless Direct is required.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
339
Note
If the printer's Auto Power On function is enabled, the printer is turned on automatically when it
receives the print data.
2. Start Google Chrome browser on your computer.
3.
Select Sign in to Chrome from either your name or (user icon) in top right of
screen.
4.
Log in to your Google account.
5.
Select Print... from (Customize and control Google Chrome menu).
6.
Select Change... next Destination.
7. Select your model name in local destinations.
8. Select Print.
340
When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete, the printer receives the print
data and prints it automatically.
341
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print
If the printer's owner changes or if you want to re-register the printer, delete it from Google Cloud Print by
following the steps below.
The printer can be deleted from Google Cloud Print with the following two methods.
Deletion Using Google Chrome
Deletion Using Printer
Important
Internet connection with the printer is required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet
connection fees apply.
Deletion Using Google Chrome
1.
Start Google Chrome browser on your computer.
2.
Select Sign in to Chrome from either your name or (user icon) in top right of
screen.
3.
Log in to your Google account.
4.
Select Settings from (Customize and control Google Chrome menu).
5.
Select Advanced to display information.
6.
Select Manage Google Cloud devices for Google Cloud Print.
7.
Select Manage next your model name on device list.
8. Select Delete.
9. When confirmation message for deleting printer appears, press the OK button.
Deletion Using Printer
1. Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2. Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
342
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the buttons to select Web service setup and press the OK button.
4. Select Web service connection setup > Google Cloud Print setup > Delete from
Google Cloud Print.
5.
When confirmation message to delete printer is displayed, select Yes and press the OK
button.
6.
When message that deletion is complete is displayed, press the OK button.
343
Printing Using AirPrint
You can print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents using AirPrint, even if the printer
driver is not installed or the application is not downloaded.
Important
There are restrictions for printing using AirPrint. Please be aware in advance. If you want to use all the
functions of the printer, use the Canon IJ printer driver.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
AirPrint Operation Environment
Mac running the latest version of OS
Requirement
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
Connected to the same network over a LAN
Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
Connected by USB
Add The Printer as AirPrint Printer on Your Mac
1.
Open System Preferences -> Printers & Scanners
2.
Click + next to the printer list
3.
Select your printer listed as Bonjour
4. Select Secure AirPrint from Use
5. Click Add
The Printer will be added as AirPrint Printer on Your Mac
Print with AirPrint from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on
Note
If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
344
2. Load paper in printer
3. Select paper size and paper type from printer
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "Register Paper Information."
4. Start printing from your application software
The Print dialog opens.
5.
Select printer
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
Note
Click Show Details to switch the setup window to the detailed display.
6.
Check print settings
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Feed from, Media Type, from Media
& Quality of the pop-up menu.
345
Important
When feeding paper into the manual feed tray, select Multi-purpose Tray in Feed from.
An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size set on
the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that correspond to the
paper being printed.
Note
Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
You can set Print quality settings (Color mode, Clear coating), and Magnification level for
borderless on the operation panel of the printer. For details, see "AirPrint print settings" or
"Print settings."
7.
Click Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
Deleting Print Job
Use Stop button from printer to cancel the print job.
346
Restrictions on the AirPrint
Some paper sizes that are compatible with the Canon IJ printer driver are not compatible with AirPrint.
If using these sizes, set a "custom size."
347
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Connecting with Wireless Direct
348
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
349
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Use AirPrint to print photographs, E-mails, web pages, and other documents without having to download
special applications.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
AirPrint Operation Environment
iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch running the latest version of iOS
Requirement
The iOS device and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
Connected to the same network over a LAN
Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
Printing with AirPrint from iOS Device
1.
Check that printer is turned on
Note
If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2.
Load paper in printer
3.
Tap operation icon using your iOS device's application
The following screen appears when printing from iOS 12's Safari. The screen differs depending on the
devices or applications.
350
Menu options appear.
4.
Tap Print
5. Select your model name from Printer on Printer Options
Important
Because some applications do not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If
an application does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that application.
351
6. Check Print Settings
Set the number of copies to be printed and print options, as needed.
7. Tap Print
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Note
It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
You cannot use AirPrint if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and
enable Bonjour settings.
Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems when using AirPrint.
Paper Size
With AirPrint, the paper size is selected automatically according to the application being used on the iOS
device and the region in which AirPrint is used.
When you use the photo application, the default paper size is L size in Japan, and 4"x6" or KG in other
countries and regions.
When you use the document application, the default paper size is letter size in the U.S. region, and A4 in
Japan and Europe.
If the paper settings when printing differ from the paper information registered on the printer, the
document will be printed using the paper settings configured on the printer.
Important
Depending on the device or OS, the initial settings of paper size may differ from the above
mentioned.
Test printing is recommended.
Depending on the application you are using, the available paper size may differ.
Checking Print Status
You can check the print status of AirPrint from Print Center.
Tap Print Center that is displayed in multitasking mode on your iOS device.
352
Deleting Print Job
To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods:
From printer: Use Stop button to cancel the print job.
From iOS device: Tap Print Center that is displayed in multitasking mode. In the screen that appears,
tap on the print job to be deleted, and then tap Cancel Printing.
353
Printing with Google Cloud Print
The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google
Inc.).
By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google
Cloud Print.
Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet
Once you register the printer to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting
Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
Sending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet
Important
This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.
To use Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud
Print in advance.
Additionally, internet connection with the printer is required to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Internet connection fees apply.
Enabling Bonjour on the printer is required.
Step1
Getting Google Account
Step2
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print
354
Step3
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
Important
When the printer owner changes, delete its registration from Google Cloud Print.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print
Internet connection with the printer is required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet
connection fees apply.
355
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing with Mopria Print Service
Printing with Canon Print Service
356
Printing with Google Cloud Print
The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google
Inc.).
By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google
Cloud Print.
Sending Print Data and Printing via Internet
Once you register the printer to Google Cloud Print, you can print from applications or services supporting
Google Cloud Print without internet connection.
Sending Print Data and Printing without Going through Internet
Important
This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.
To use Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud
Print in advance.
Additionally, internet connection with the printer is required to register the printer to Google Cloud Print.
Internet connection fees apply.
Enabling Bonjour on the printer is required.
Step1
Getting Google Account
Step2
Registering Printer with Google Cloud Print
357
Step3
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
Important
When the printer owner changes, delete its registration from Google Cloud Print.
Deleting Printer from Google Cloud Print
Internet connection with the printer is required to delete the printer from Google Cloud Print. Internet
connection fees apply.
358
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)
Direct wireless connection (connecting devices using Wireless Direct)
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Follow the procedure below to set up and use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
Important
You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.
Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
2.
Select LAN settings on HOME screen and then press the OK button.
Setting Items on Operation Panel
3.
Select Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
4.
Select Settings and then press the OK button.
5. Select Enable/disable Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
6.
Check displayed message, select Yes and then press the OK button.
After Wireless Direct is enabled, the identifier (SSID), etc. when using the printer with wireless direct
connection are displayed.
You can check various settings of wireless direct.
Note
The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
are using, no password is required.
359
When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the device name
displayed on the LCD from your device.
To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Changing Settings of a Device and Connecting It to the Printer
1.
Turn on Wi-Fi function on your device.
Enable "Wi-Fi" on your device's "Setting" menu.
For more on turning on Wi-Fi function, see your device's instruction manual.
2.
Select "DIRECT-XXXX-PRO-300 series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from
list displayed on your device.
Note
If "DIRECT-XXXX-PRO-300 series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3.
Enter password.
Your device is connected to the printer.
Note
Check the password for the Wireless Direct.
1. Select LAN settings on the Home screen and then press the OK button.
2. Select Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
3. Select Show password and then press the OK button.
Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
If your Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is set to prioritize using Wi-Fi Direct and it is connecting
to the printer, the printer displays a confirmation screen asking if you allow the device to
connect to the printer.
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device
and select Yes.
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1. Select LAN settings on the HOME screen and then press the OK button.
360
2. Select Wireless Direct and then press the OK button.
3. Select Settings and then press the OK button.
Change SSID/device name
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
To set manually
1.
Press the OK button to enter the input screen.
2. Enter the identifier or printer name.
3. Confirm the inputted content and select OK.
To set automatically
1. Select Auto update.
2. Check displayed message and select Yes.
Change password
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
To set manually.
1. Select Change manually.
2.
Press the OK button to enter the input screen.
3.
Enter the new password (10 characters).
4.
Confirm the inputted content and select OK.
To set automatically
1.
Select Auto update.
2.
Check displayed message and select Yes.
Connection request confirmation
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes.
361
Important
To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display
the confirmation screen.
Note
If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the
device.
362
Printing Using Operation Panel
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
363
Printing Templates Such as Lined or Graph Paper
You can print a template form such as lined paper, graph paper, or checklist, etc. on A3, A4, B5, or Letter-
sized plain paper.
You can also print pattern paper for many usages, such as photo album pages and Place mats, onto A3, A4
or Letter-sized plain paper, matte photo paper, card stock paper, and other types of paper.
Printable template forms
Printing template forms
Printable template forms
The following templates are available:
Pattern paper
You can select many patterns.
Notebook paper
You can select three line spacing formats.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Notebook paper 1 (8 mm)
Notebook paper 2 (7 mm)
Notebook paper 3 (6 mm)
Graph paper
You can select three square sizes.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Graph paper 1 (5 mm grid)
Graph paper 2 (3 mm grid)
Graph paper 3 (1 mm grid)
364
Staff paper
You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Staff paper 1 (10 staves)
Staff paper 1(10 staves/x2)
Staff paper 2 (12 staves)
Staff paper 2(12 staves/x2)
Checklist
You can print a notepad with checkboxes.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Checklist
Handwriting paper
You can print handwriting paper.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Handwriting paper (3 lines)
Weekly schedule
You can print a weekly schedule form.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Weekly schedule (vertical)
Monthly schedule
You can print a monthly schedule form.
Setting on the printer's LCD:
Monthly schedule(calendar)
Printing template forms
Print template form following the procedure below.
365
1. Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2. Select Template print on HOME screen and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the buttons to select template you want to print and press the OK button.
When a message appears, check it and press the OK.
Printable template forms
4.
Use the buttons to select the form you want to print and press the OK button.
5.
If necessary, change the settings using the buttons and press the OK button.
Copies
Use the buttons to specify the number of copies and press the OK button.
Page size
Use the buttons to select the page size and press the OK button.
Note
Depending on the form, some setting of page size cannot be specified. If it is selected,
and Error details are displayed on the printer's LCD. In this case, select on the upper
left on the printer's LCD to check the message and change the setting.
Type
Use the buttons to select the media type and press the OK button.
Note
The paper type is set to Plain paper, except pattern paper.
Paper src
When printing using Template print, Top feed is the only paper feed position available.
366
6. Load paper.
Loading Paper
When printing pattern paper, load configurable plain paper, matte photo paper, or card stock paper.
7. Select Start print.
The printer starts printing.
367
Printing from Digital Camera
Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
368
Printing Photographs Directly from PictBridge (Wi-Fi)
Compliant Device
You can connect a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device such as a digital still camera, digital camcorder, or
camera-equipped mobile phone to the printer via Wi-Fi, and print recorded images directly without using a
computer.
Connectable devices:
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
Printable image data format:
The printer accepts images* taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and
PNG files.
* Exif 2.2/2.21/2.3 compliant
Important
Wi-Fi connection with the printer is required to use this function.
Note
PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer, connecting a device
such as a digital still camera, digital camcorder, or camera-equipped mobile phone.
In this manual, PictBridge printing with the Wi-Fi connection is referred to as "PictBridge (Wi-Fi)."
When printing photos with the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device connected to the printer, we
recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device. If you are using the device battery, be
sure to charge it fully.
Depending on the model or brand of your device, you may have to select a print mode compliant with
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) before connecting the device. You may also have to turn on the device or select Play
mode manually after connecting the device to the printer.
Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device before connecting it to this
printer according to instructions given in the device's instruction manual.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2. Load paper.
3. Connect PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device to printer.
Detect the printer with the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device and connect the PictBridge (Wi-Fi)
compliant device to the printer.
369
Note
For more on detecting the printer, refer to your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device's instruction
manual.
4. Specify print settings such as paper type and layout.
Use your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device to select the same size and type of paper as is loaded in
the printer.
Settings on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
If your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device does not have a setting menu, change the setting from the
printer.
Settings on Printer
Note
When printing from the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality with the operation
panel on the printer. You cannot set the print quality on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
5.
Start printing from your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
370
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
Settings on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
Settings on Printer
Settings on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
This section describes the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) function of the printer. For the print settings on a PictBridge
(Wi-Fi) compliant device, refer to the instructions given in the device's instruction manual.
Note
In the following description, names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon-brand
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant devices. Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or
model of your device.
Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices. In this case, the settings
made on the printer are applied. Also, when some items are set to Default on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi)
compliant device, the printer settings for these items are applied.
PictBridge print settings
The following settings can be used when printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Paper size
A3+
A3
Letter
A4
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
2L (5.00 x 7.01 in. (127.0 x 178.0 mm))
Square 5" x 5" (13 x 13 cm)
Note
Depending on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you may not be able to select some
paper sizes or paper size names may vary.
Paper type
Default:
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo:
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Fast Photo:
371
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Plain:
Plain Paper
When Paper type is set to Plain, borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to
Borderless.
Layout
Default (Selections based on the printer setting), Borderless, Bordered, 1-up*1, 20-up*2, 35-up*3
*1, *2 With a Canon brand PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, selecting items with "i" mark allows
you to print shooting info (Exif Data) in list format (20-up) or on the margins of the specified data (1-
up). (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant devices.)
*3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout (Contact Printing Layout). Available only with a Canon-brand
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device. (May not be available with some Canon-brand PictBridge (Wi-Fi)
compliant devices.)
Print date & file no.
Default (Off: No printing), Date, File No., Both, Off
Image optimize
Default (Selections based on the printer setting), On (Auto photo fix)*1, Off, Red-Eye*2
*1 The scene or person's face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each
photo is made automatically. It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print. It also analyzes a
scene such as scenery, night scene, person, etc. and corrects each scene with the most suitable
color, brightness, or contrasts automatically to print.
*2 Can be selected only on certain Canon-brand PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant devices. (May not be
selected depending on the device.)
Trimming
Default (Off: No trimming), On (follow the camera's setting), Off
Settings on Printer
You can change the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) print settings from the PictBridge print settings screen. Set the
print settings to Default on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device when you want to print according to
the settings on the printer.
This section describes the procedure to display the PictBridge print settings screen.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
Power Supply
2. Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
372
LCD and Operation Panel
3. Use the buttons to select Printer settings, and press the OK button.
4. Use the buttons to select PictBridge print settings, and press the OK button.
5. Check message that is displayed and press the OK button.
The PictBridge print settings screen is displayed.
For more on the setting items:
PictBridge print settings
373
Windows Software
Printer Driver
Overview of the Printer Driver
Printer Driver Description
Updating the Printer Driver
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
Preview Guide
Professional Print & Layout Guide
Digital Photo Printing Guide
IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide
Media Configuration Tool Guide
PosterArtist Guide
374
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
Preview Guide
Professional Print & Layout Guide
Digital Photo Printing Guide
IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide
Media Configuration Tool Guide
PosterArtist Guide
375
macOS Software
Printer Driver
Overview of the Printer Driver
Description of Print Dialog
Updating the Printer Driver
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
Preview Guide
Free Layout Guide
Professional Print & Layout Guide
Digital Photo Printing Guide
IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide
Media Configuration Tool Guide
376
Printer Driver
Overview of the Printer Driver
Description of Print Dialog
Updating the Printer Driver
377
Overview of the Printer Driver
Canon IJ Printer Driver
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog
Page Setup Dialog
Print Dialog
Canon IJ Printer Utility2
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
378
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your
computer so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different printers support different data formats, you need a printer driver that supports your printer.
Using Help of the Printer Driver
You can display Help function from the Print Dialog.
Select a setup item from the pop-up menu in the Print dialog. Then click at the bottom left of the
screen to display an explanation of the item.
Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop-up menu item is selected:
Quality & Media
Color Options
Advanced Paper Settings
Page Processing
379
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Dialog
You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software you are using.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1. Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
The Page Setup Dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1.
Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
The Print Dialog opens.
380
Page Setup Dialog
In the Page Setup dialog, you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the
printer or the scaling ratio.
To open the Page Setup dialog, you typically select Page Setup... from the File menu of your application
software.
Format For
Select the model to be used for printing.
Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.
Scale
Set the scaling percentage.
You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing.
381
Print Dialog
In the Print dialog, you can set paper type, paper source and print quality to start printing.
To open the Print dialog, you typically select Print... from the File menu of your application software.
Printer
Select the model to be used for printing.
When you click Add Printer..., a dialog for specifying the printer opens.
Presets
You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog.
Note
You can select Show Presets... to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog.
Copies
You can set the number of copies to be printed.
Note
You can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.
Pages
You can set the range of pages to be printed.
Paper Size
Select the size of the paper to be used for printing.
To set a non-standard size, select Manage Custom Sizes....
Orientation
Select the print orientation.
Pop-up Menu
You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop-up menu. The first menu to appear differs
depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog.
You can choose one of the following items from the pop-up menu.
382
Layout
You can set page layout printing.
Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper orientation, and use Flip horizontally to print
a mirror image of the document.
Color Matching
You can select the color correction method.
Paper Handling
You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order.
Cover Page
You can output cover pages both before and after a document.
Quality & Media
You can set basic print settings that match the printer.
Color Options
You can adjust the print colors as you desire.
Advanced Paper Settings
Specifies detailed print settings that match the media type loaded in the printer.
Page Processing
Adjusts how much of the document extends outside the paper when full-page borderless printing is
used, and specifies the stapling side and stapling margin when multiple sheets of paper are being
stapled together.
Supply Levels
A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed.
PDF
You can save a document in PDF (Portable Document Format) format.
383
Canon IJ Printer Utility2
The Canon IJ Printer Utility2 allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility2 by the pop-up menu. You can choose one of
the following items from the pop-up menu.
Custom Settings
Change the settings of this printer.
Online Printing Resources
Go to a Canon website with printing resources such as ICC profiles and printing tips.
Important
To use this function, you must have an Internet connection. Note that you are responsible for any
Internet connection fees.
Media Information
Gets the latest media information from the printer and updates the media information in the printer
driver.
Note
To operate the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, you must first turn on the printer.
Depending on the items selected, the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information.
If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer, an error message may be displayed.
If this happens, click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
384
Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, follow the steps below.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2.
Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility2
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies....
Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab.
Canon IJ Printer Utility2 is launched.
385
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen
If the print data has been sent to the printer
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
If the print data has not been sent to the printer
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select the name of your printer model from the printer list,
and then click Open Print Queue....
2.
Checking the printing status
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all docu-
ments.
Important
If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
386
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
When you set up the Page Setup dialog, be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from
the Format For list. If you select another printer, printing may not be performed properly.
The following functions cannot be used in macOS, though they can be used in Windows computers.
Duplex Printing
Booklet Printing
Tiling/Poster Printing
Depending on the application software that you are using, a preview may not be displayed on the left
side of the Print dialog.
If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print, you must install the latest AirPort
firmware.
Notes on Adding a Printer
If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on a macOS and using the printer through a network
connection, select the printer name that contains Bonjour in the Add dialog.
If several options are displayed under Use in the Add dialog, choose Canon XXX (where "XXX" is
your model name) in order to maximize your ability to control settings during printing.
387
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2.
Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...
The print status check screen appears.
3.
Select the unnecessary print job and click (Delete)
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
388
Description of Print Dialog
Quality & Media
Color Options
Advanced Paper Settings
Page Processing
389
Quality & Media
This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog.
Media Type
Select the type of media to be used.
You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer. This selection enables the printer to
carry out printing properly for the material of the media used.
Paper Source
Select the source from which paper is supplied.
Manual Feed
Paper is supplied from the manual feed tray in the back.
Top Feed
Paper is fed from the top feed.
Print Quality
Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose.
When one of the radio buttons is selected, the appropriate quality will be set automatically.
Highest
Prints with quality as the highest priority.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Fast
Gives priority to printing speed over print quality.
Custom
Select this radio button to specify a quality.
390
Quality
When you select Custom in Print Quality, you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality
level.
Black and White Photo Print
Set black and white photo printing. Black and white photo printing refers to the function of converting
your document to grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome.
When you check the check box, both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome.
When printing a color document, be sure to uncheck the check box.
Rendering Intent
Specify the method of matching to use when selecting Canon Color Matching in Color Matching.
Perceptual (Photo)
Reproduces colors of general photos naturally and features smooth gradation. In addition, selecting
this setting allows you to adjust colors easily using an application software.
No Color Correction
Performs printing without color matching.
Note
When printing on a double postcard, select Postcard Double for Paper Size, and then print again.
If you print on paper other than hagaki, load the paper according to usage instructions, and then click
OK.
Related Topics
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
391
Color Options
This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like. If the color of the printed image is not as
expected, adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing.
The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software
dedicated to image processing. Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
As you adjust each item, the effects are reflected in the color and brightness.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Note
When the Black and White Photo Print check box is checked in the Quality & Media, the graphic
is displayed in monochrome.
Color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow)
If necessary, adjust the strength of each color. To strengthen a color, drag the slider to the right. To
weaken a color, drag the slider to the left.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual
color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole.
Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly. To change the color balance
significantly, use the application software.
Tone
Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing.
You can select Cool Tone, Black and White, Warm Tone or Custom.
392
You can also enter X and Y values while checking the color tone, click the adjustment area with the
mouse, or adjust the tone by dragging the slider.
Cool Tone
This item adjusts color tones to cool shades of gray (cool black). When you select Cool Tone, a
value of -30is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Black and White
This item adjusts color tones to neutral shades of gray. When you select Black and White, a value
of 0 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Warm Tone
This item adjusts color tones to warm shades of gray (warm black). When you select Warm Tone,
a value of 30 is entered for X, and a value of 0 for Y.
Custom
You can adjust the color tones while checking the colors in the adjustment area. To adjust the color
tones, either enter values directly or click the up/down arrows. You can also adjust the color tones
by clicking or dragging the adjustment area with the mouse. If you select another color tone and
then select Custom again, the values that were preset in Custom are restored.
X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value)
If necessary, you can adjust monochromatic colors manually. To adjust the color tones, either enter
values directly or click the up/down arrows. You can also adjust the color tones by clicking or
dragging the adjustment area with the mouse. When you enter values, set values in the range of
-100 to 100 for X, and -50 to 50 for Y. The selected value will be shown in the preview on the left
side.
Important
Tone and X, Y (Monochromatic adjustment value) are displayed when Black and White Photo
Print check box is selected for Quality & Media.
When selecting Plain Paper, Matte Photo Paper, Hagaki A, Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki, Inkjet
Greeting Card, or Card Stock as the Media Type under Quality & Media, the Tone, X, and Y
options will be grayed out and you will be unable to use these settings.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Colors become brighter as you
drag the slider toward the right and darker as you drag the slider toward the left.
You can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct,
increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of
images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Important
When the Black and White Photo Print check box is checked for Quality & Media, the color balance
(Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) are unavailable.
393
If you select ColorSync for Color Matching, then the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow), Tone,
X, Y, Brightness, and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Related Topics
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Tone
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
394
Advanced Paper Settings
Use this dialog box to set detailed print settings that match the media type loaded on the printer.
If the paper becomes stained during printing or if the quality of the print results is less than expected, using
these settings may improve the print results.
Drying Time
Allows you to set how long the printer rests before printing of the next page starts.
If the next page is ejected before the print surface dries completely and the paper becomes stained, set
a longer ink drying wait time.
Print Head Height
Allows you to widen the gap between the print head and the paper to reduce paper abrasion when
printing high density pages. To reduce paper abrasion, select Avoid Paper Abrasion.
Clear Coating Area
Set the clear coating area.
Auto
The printer automatically sets the areas to be clear-coated and whether clear coating is to be
performed.
It may be possible to reduce the ink consumption of the chroma optimizer (CO) or to accelerate the
print speed.
Overall
The printer clear-coats the entire print area.
If selecting Auto produced unsatisfactory clear coating effects, selecting Overall may improve the
results.
Cancel Margin Regulation
Cancels the safety margin regulation when you set Media Type to Matte Photo Paper, Premium Fine
Art Smooth, Premium Fine Art Rough, or Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A from the Quality &
Media pop-up menu of the print dialog.
When you check this item, the safety margin regulation is canceled, printing in a wider print area and
borderless full-page printing become possible, and printing can be performed for all paper sizes.
395
When the safety margin regulation is canceled, the paper may become smudged or the print quality
may drop depending on the paper size used and the environment.
If that happens, we recommend that you print on a paper size that has large margins.
Related Topic
Changing the Clear Coating Settings
396
Page Processing
Use this dialog to adjust how much of the document extends outside the paper when full-page borderless
printing is used and to specify the stapling side and stapling margin when multiple sheets of paper are being
stapled together.
Borderless Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends outside the paper by using the Borderless Extension
slider bar.
Drag to slider bar to the right to increase the extension amount, and to the left to decrease the
extension amount.
Margin
Sets the margin width for stapling multiple sheets of paper together. Values from 0 mm to 30 mm (0 in.
to 1.2 in.) can be entered.
Stapling Side
Sets the side of the paper to be stapled.
Long-side stapling (Left)/Long-side stapling (Right)
Select this when stapling the long side of the paper.
Select either left or right.
Short-side stapling (Top)/Short-side stapling (Bottom)
Select this when stapling the short side of the paper.
Select either top or bottom.
Related Topics
Perform Borderless Printing
Setting the Stapling Margin
397
Updating the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
Downloading Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver
398
Installing the Printer Driver
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model.
This section explains the procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver.
1. Mount disk
Double-click the disk image file that you downloaded.
The file unzips, and the disk is mounted.
2.
Start Installer
In the unzipped disk, double-click "PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY.pkg" ("XXX" is the model and "YYY" is the
version).
3.
Open Installer
Install the printer driver by following the screen messages.
When the usage agreement screen appears, read the contents, and then click Continue. Unless you
agree to the conditions of the usage agreement, you will not be able to install this software.
4.
Select installation destination
If necessary, change the installation destination, and click Continue.
5.
Continue installation
Click Install.
When the authentication screen is displayed, enter the name and password of the administrator, and
then click Install Software.
6.
Finish installation
Follow the installation completion message, and click Close.
This completes the installation of the printer driver.
Important
If the Installer does not operate normally, from the Installer menu of Finder, select Quit Installer. After
the Installer ends, repeat the installation procedure.
The printer driver is available free of charge. Internet connection fees apply.
Related Topics
Downloading Latest Printer Driver
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
Before Installing the Printer Driver
399
Downloading Latest Printer Driver
By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model.
Important
You can download the printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Before Installing the Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
400
Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List
A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list.
Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer, disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer.
The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows:
You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right. For
information about an administrative user, refer to the user's manual for the macOS.
1.
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
2.
Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list
From the printer list, select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted, and then click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
401
Before Installing the Printer Driver
This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver. You should also
refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed.
Checking the Personal Computer Settings
Terminate all running applications.
Log on as a user who has the administrator account. The installer will prompt you to enter the name
and password of the administrative user. When multiple users are using macOS, log on with the
account of the administrator who registered first.
Important
When you upgrade macOS, all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted.
If you plan to continue using this printer, re-install the latest printer driver.
Related Topics
Downloading Latest Printer Driver
Installing the Printer Driver
402
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
Preview Guide
Free Layout Guide
Professional Print & Layout Guide
Digital Photo Printing Guide
IJ Network Device Setup Utility Guide
Media Configuration Tool Guide
403
Network
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Cannot Print or Connect
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Cannot Print or Connect
Installation
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)
Error
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Frequently Asked Questions
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
LCD Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Printer Does Not Print
Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Printer Prints Slowly
Ink Does Not Come Out
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
404
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)
Updating Printer Driver in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
List of Support Code for Error
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems while Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
405
Network Settings and Common Problems
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wired LAN
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup (Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
406
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Wired LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Detect Same Printer Name
407
Cannot Print or Connect
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Print or Connect
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Printing Network Settings
Reconfiguration Method of LAN Connection/Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Checking Status Code
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Printer Prints Slowly
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
408
Network Communication Problems
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Network Connection Problems
Other Network Problems
409
Cannot Find Printer on Network
While performing printer setup:
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Setup
(Windows)
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
While using printer:
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Note
You cannot use the wireless LAN and the wired LAN at the same time.
410
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Setup (Windows)
If the printer cannot be found and the Check Printer Settings screen appears after searching the printer by
Automatic search on the Search for Printers screen, click Redetect and search for the printer again by
the IP address on the Search for Printers screen.
If the printer has not been found after searching it by the IP address, check network settings.
When using Wi-Fi:
Checking Power Status
Checking PC Network Connection
Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Checking Printer's IP Address
Checking Security Software Settings
Checking Wireless Router Settings
When using wired LAN:
Checking LAN Cable and Router
Checking PC Network Connection
Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings
Checking Printer's IP Address
Checking Security Software Settings
Checking Router Settings
411
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Power Status
Are printer and network device (router, etc.) turned on?
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Checking that Power Is On
Make sure network device (router, etc.) is turned on.
If printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If printer and network device are on:
If the network devices are on, turn them off and on again.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking PC Network Connection
412
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages, or if above does not solve the problem:
Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
413
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wi-Fi Settings
Is printer set to allow wireless communication?
Make sure the or icon is displayed on the LCD.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wireless communication. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
Checking Wi-Fi Environment
414
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Wi-Fi Environment
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the LCD to make sure the printer is connected to the wireless router.
If is displayed:
Check wireless router configuration.
After checking the wireless router setting, make sure the printer is not placed far away from the
wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router. Make sure the printer is close enough
to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be
impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with
the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth
as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from
interference sources as possible.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, some of them have it inside.
Check wireless router setting.
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth. Make sure
the wireless router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
415
Note
Some wireless routers distinguish network names (SSIDs) by the last alphanumeric character
according to their bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or purpose (for computer or game machine).
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, display it using
the operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
After taking measures above, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
If the printer cannot be detected, the printer is not connected to the wireless router. Connect the printer to
the wireless router.
After connecting the printer to the wireless router, set up the network communication from the beginning.
If is displayed:
Checking Printer's IP Address
416
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network
setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See
If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Checking Security Software Settings
417
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
Make sure the firewall does not interfere with setup.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer.
If a firewall message appears:
If a firewall message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set
the security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network
communication.
If no firewall message appears:
Temporarily disable the firewall and redo the network communication setup.
After the setup is complete, re-enable the firewall.
Note
For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking Wireless Router Settings
418
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During Wi-Fi
Setup (Windows)-Checking Wireless Router Settings
Check wireless router settings.
Check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering,
encryption key, and DHCP function.
Make sure the same radio channel is assigned to the printer and the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or
contact the manufacturer.
In addition, make sure the wireless router you are using is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
Note
Depending on the wireless router, different network name (SSID) is assigned for a bandwidth (2.4
GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine) using alphanumeric characters at the end of
network name (SSID).
After checking the wireless router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
419
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking LAN Cable and Router
Is LAN cable connected, and are printer and router on?
Make sure the LAN cable is connected.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Checking that Power Is On
Make sure the router is turned on.
If LAN cable is connected and printer or network device is off:
Turn on printer or network device.
It may take a while for the printer and network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Wait a while after turning on the printer or network device, and then click Redetect on the Check Printer
Settings screen to redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If LAN cable is connected and printer and network device are on:
If the printer cannot be found after trying to redetect it, even though the printer and the network device are
on:
Checking PC Network Connection
420
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking PC Network Connection
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure the computer and network device (router, etc.) are configured and the computer is connected
to the network.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication.
After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or
contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network
communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages:
Checking Printer's Wired LAN Settings
421
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's Wired LAN
Settings
Is printer set to allow wired communication?
Make sure the icon is displayed on the LCD.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to allow wired communication. Turn on wired communication on the printer.
Once you have turned on wired communication, redo the network communication setup from the
beginning.
If icon is displayed:
Checking Printer's IP Address
422
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Printer's IP Address
Is printer's IP address specified correctly?
If printer's IP address is not specified correctly, the printer may not be found. Make sure whether printer's
IP address is not used for another device.
To check the printer's IP address, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out the network
setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
If the IP address is not specified correctly:
See
If an error screen appears: and specify the IP address.
If the IP address is specified correctly:
Checking Security Software Settings
423
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Security Software Settings
Make sure the firewall does not interfere with setup.
The firewall of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communication between
the printer and your computer.
If a firewall message appears:
If a firewall message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set
the security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to
redetect the printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network
communication.
If no firewall message appears:
Temporarily disable the firewall and redo the network communication setup.
After the setup is complete, re-enable the firewall.
Note
For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
If above does not solve the problem:
Checking Wireless Router Settings
424
Cannot Find Printer on Check Printer Settings Screen During
Wired LAN Setup (Windows)-Checking Router Settings
Check router settings.
Check router network connection settings such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, and DHCP
function.
For more on checking the settings of the router, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the router or
contact its manufacturer.
After checking the router settings, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen to redetect the
printer.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up network communication.
425
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
Check the direction of the "Type-B" connector and connect it to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1.
Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.
2.
Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.
3.
Turn on printer.
Check3
If you cannot resolve problem, follow procedure below to reinstall printer driver.
1.
Finish setup
2.
Turn off printer.
3.
Restart computer.
4.
Make sure you have no application software running.
426
5. Click here and perform setup.
427
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Check the icon on the LCD.
If the icon is not displayed, select LAN settings > Wi-Fi > Settings > in this order, and select Enable for
Enable/disable Wi-Fi.
If the
icon is displayed, see Check 3 or later checking items to make sure whether printer setup is
complete or the settings of wireless router to connect are correct.
Check3
Make sure printer setup is complete on the computer.
If it is not, click here and perform setup.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4
Make sure printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
Use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID) set
for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
428
To check the network name (SSID) set for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print
out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, some of them have it inside.
Check6
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal strength and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
429
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
If you use a smartphone or tablet, make sure the Wi-Fi is enabled on the device.
Check8
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check10
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
430
Printer is Not Found by Printer Find Screen of Setup
The printer could not be detected with the current setup method.
Click Printer Not Found and perform setup following the instructions on the screen.
Note
You can search for printers by an IP address or host name.
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
431
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
If the printer cannot be found on the Printer Detection screen, the Connecting Printer to Network screen
appears.
The Windows screen is used as an example above.
Clicking Search For IP Address allows you to search for a printer by specifying the IP address or host
name of the printer.
1.
Check printer's IP address or host name.
To check the printer's IP Address or host name, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print
out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
If you use the printer in an office, ask the network administrator.
2. Specify searching methods.
Select one of the methods below.
432
The Windows screen is used as an example above.
A: Search by IPv4 address
Select to search for printers by IPv4 address.
B: Search by IPv6 address
Select to search for printers by IPv6 address.
C: Search by host name
Select to search for printers by host name. A host name is referred to as LLMNR host name or
Bonjour service name.
3.
Enter IP address or host name and click Next.
Printer search starts.
If an error screen appears:
Resolve the error according to the instruction on the screen.
If the IP address you entered is already used for another device, follow the procedure below to specify
printer's IP address.
1. Select LAN settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
2. Select Wi-Fi and press the OK button.
3. Select Settings and press the OK button.
433
4. Select Advanced and press the OK button.
5. Select TCP/IP settings and press the OK button.
If you specify IPv4 address:
1. Select IPv4.
2. Select Yes on the displayed screen.
3.
Select IP address.
4.
Select Manual setup.
Selecting Auto setup specifies the IP address automatically.
5.
Enter IP address.
6.
Select OK.
7. Enter subnet mask.
8. Select OK.
9.
Enter default gateway.
10. Select OK.
The IPv4 address has been specified.
If you specify IPv6 address:
1. Select IPv6.
2.
Select Yes on the displayed screen.
3.
Select Enable/disable IPv6.
4. Select Enable.
The IPv6 address has been specified.
Important
If firewall is enabled on the computer, printers on a different subnet may not be detected.
Disable firewall.
434
If firewall interferes with printer search:
If a firewall message appears:
If a firewall message appears warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network, set
the security software to allow access.
After allowing the software to access, specify the IP address or host name and search for printers
again.
If the printer is found, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network
communication.
If no firewall message appears:
Temporarily disable the firewall and specify the IP address or host name to search for printers again.
After the setup is complete, re-enable the firewall.
Note
For more on firewall settings of your operating system or security software, see instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
435
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2
Is icon displayed on LCD?
If the icon is not displayed, from the setup menu select LAN settings > Wired LAN > Settings > Enable/
disable Wired LAN and then select Enable.
Check3
Make sure LAN cable is connected properly.
Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the cable
properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.
436
Network Connection Problems
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router
Settings
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Prints Slowly
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Cannot Print or Connect
437
Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wired LAN
Cannot Print through Network
Cannot Connect to a Printer after Network Configuration Changes
It may take a while for the computer to obtain an IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Make sure the computer has obtained a valid IP address, and try again to find the printer.
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Can you view any web pages on your computer?
Make sure your computer is connected to the wireless router properly.
For more on checking computer settings or connection status, see the instruction manual supplied with the
computer or contact the manufacturer.
Check3
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4
Make sure the printer and wireless router network settings match.
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
438
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
Use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band to connect to a wireless router. Match the network name (SSID)
set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
To check the current network settings of the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print
out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, some of them have it inside.
Check6
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
439
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check7
Make sure of the Wi-Fi channel numbers used for your computer.
You need to have the same Wi-Fi channel number that you are using for the wireless router as your computer.
It is normally set in the way that you can use all the Wi-Fi channels. However, when the channels that you are
using are restricted, the Wi-Fi channels do not match.
See the instruction manual provided with your computer and check the Wi-Fi channel number available for
your computer.
Check8
Make sure channel set on wireless router is a usable channel as confirmed in
Check 7.
If it is not, change the channel set on the wireless router.
Check9
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting
to access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some
programs use a firewall by default.
Check10
If printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you
use alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
If the problem is not resolved, click here and redo setup.
Positioning:
Make sure there are no obstacles between the printer and the wireless router.
Cannot Connect to a Printer through Wireless Direct
440
Check1
Check the power status of printer.
Power Supply
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Is the icon displayed on the LCD?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
441
Cannot Connect to a Printer via Wired LAN
Check1
Make sure the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure the LAN cable is connected properly.
Make sure the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the
cable properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.
If the problem is not resolved, redo setup from the web page.
For Windows, you can redo setup using the Setup CD-ROM.
Cannot Print through Network
Check1
Make sure the computer is connected to the wireless router.
For more on how to check the computer settings or connection status, see your computer instruction manual
or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
If Printer Driver is not installed, install it. (Windows)
Click here and install the printer driver.
Check3
Make sure wireless router does not restrict which computers can access it.
For more on connecting to and setting up your wireless router, see the wireless router instruction manual or
contact its manufacturer.
Note
To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
442
Network Key (Password) Unknown
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
443
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
Using WEP
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that generates a password automatically, you must set the
printer to use the password generated by the wireless router.
For Windows:
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings (Wi-Fi)
screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the password
length, format, and the password to use.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for password length in AirPort Base Station.
Select 1 for the password to use. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with
printer via the wireless router.
444
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Click here and perform setup.
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
Check2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
445
Check3
If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
446
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Initialize the printer settings.
On the HOME screen, select Various settings > Printer settings > Reset settings > Reset all and then
select Yes, restore to default administrator password.
Reset settings
After initializing the printer settings, redo setup.
Click here and redo setup.
447
Printer Prints Slowly
Check1
Printer may be printing a large job from another computer.
Check2
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check3
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer and
wireless router as necessary.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
448
Cannot Access to Internet on Wi-Fi from Communication Device
Check1
Is your device connected to printer using Wireless Direct?
If your device is connected to the printer using Wireless Direct, you cannot access to the Internet. Turn off
Wireless Direct and connect your device to the wireless router.
For details, see the instruction manual provided with your device and wireless router.
Check2
Is wireless router on?
Check3
Is wireless router configured properly?
For more on checking wireless router settings, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer.
Check4
Check your device and wireless router location.
Check the distance between your device and wireless router, and check for obstruction or source of radio wave
interference nearby.
449
No Ink Level Appears in Printer Status Monitor (Windows)
Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication.
Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the Printer properties dialog box.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
450
Cannot Print or Connect
Redo printer setup if one of conditions below is applied.
if you have replaced a computer or wireless router
if you have changed wireless router settings
if you have changed the printer connection method (Wi-Fi/wired LAN/USB)
if you have forgotten the administrator password specified for the printer
If you have forgotten the password, on the HOME screen, select Various settings > Printer settings >
Reset settings > Reset all to restore the password to default, and then redo printer setup.
Reset settings
Visit here for more on the setup procedure.
If none of the above is applied, see Printer Suddenly Stopped Working for Some Reason.
451
Other Network Problems
Checking Network Information
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Checking Status Code
452
Checking Network Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, display it using the operation panel of the printer or
print out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
For Windows:
1.
Select Command Prompt from Start.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
For macOS:
1. Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
2. Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
When you are using Wi-Fi on your computer, make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
When you are using wired LAN, make sure Ethernet is selected.
453
3. Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
For Windows:
1.
Select Command Prompt from Start.
2.
Type the ping command and press Enter.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
For macOS:
1.
Start Network Utility as shown below.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2.
Click Ping.
3.
Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.
4.
Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network
address to ping.
5. Click Ping.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
454
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
Checking Network Setting Information
To check the printer's network settings information, print out the network settings information or use the
operation panel to display it.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
455
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing operation from a computer over a
network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the factory defaults,
click here and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset settings
456
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Screen to Enter Password Appears During Setup (Windows)
Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Wireless Router Selected (Windows)
"You have connected the printer to the non encrypted wireless network" Appears
Screen to Enter Password Appears During Setup (Windows)
If the printer is set up for use with a network and an administrator password has been set, a screen asking
you to enter the password appears.
Enter the same password as that specified for the printer.
Note
An administrator password is already set for the printer at the time of purchase.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improved security, we recommend that you change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
Encryption Settings Screen Appears When Wireless Router Selected
(Windows)
This screen appears automatically if the selected wireless router is encrypted. Set the same encryption
settings as those set for the wireless router.
For more on encryption settings, see Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings.
"You have connected the printer to the non encrypted wireless
network" Appears
Security is not configured on the wireless router. The printer can still be used, so continue the setup
procedure and complete it.
Important
If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of disclosing
data such as your personal information to a third party.
457
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy wireless
connect
Using "Easy wireless connect" allows you to register wireless router information to the printer directly via a
device (e.g. smartphone or tablet). Turn the printer and the device on and perform connection setup.
For details:
Easy wireless connect
458
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Check
Is the Wi-Fi antenna displayed on your smartphone/tablet?
Example (iOS):
Example (Android):
If the antenna is not displayed, your device's wireless function is disabled. Enable Wi-Fi on your device and
connect it to a wireless router. For more on the procedure, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the
manufacturer's website.
Note
The setup on your smartphone/tablet will be easier when you complete setting up a wireless printer
connection on your computer in advance.
459
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Download Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY from App Store and Google Play.
For iOS
For Android
You can use AirPrint if you use an iOS device.
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
You can also use Canon Print Service (printing plug-in) if you use an Android device.
Canon Print Service
460
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
The position where the SSID/Key of a wireless router is written differs depending on the manufacturer.
For details, refer to your wireless router's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
Note
Some wireless routers distinguish network names (SSIDs) by the last alphanumeric character according
to their bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or purpose (for computer or game machine).
461
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/
Tablet
Check it from the setting screen of your smartphone/tablet.
Example (iOS):
Example (Android):
For details on how to display the setting screen, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the
manufacturer's website.
Important
Perform setup for your printer and smartphone/tablet so that they can connect to the same wireless
router.
462
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
If a privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function is enabled on the wireless router, you
cannot perform setup. Before performing setup, disable these functions. For the procedure, refer to your
wireless router's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
463
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Refer to Getting Started or visit here to perform setup.
Note
If you have a computer, you can set up the printer on the computer more easily.
464
Error Occurs During Wi-Fi Setup
Check1
Check wireless router location
Make sure the printer is not placed far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up to 50 m (164 ft) from the wireless router. Make sure the printer is close enough to the
wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to
a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, some of them have it inside.
Check2
Check wireless router settings
The printer and wireless router should be connected using 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth. Make sure the wireless
router for the printer's destination is configured to use 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz bandwidth.
Note
Some wireless routers distinguish network names (SSIDs) by the last alphanumeric character according to
their bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or purpose (for computer or game machine).
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, display it using the
operation panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using.
For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
Note
Pressing a button on the wireless router allows you to connect the printer and wireless router.
465
WPS Connection
For manual setup:
WPS (PIN Code) Connection
If the measures above do not resolve the problem, make sure the DHCP of the wireless router is enabled.
466
Checking Status Code
You can check the current network status by printing network information. "Status Code" represents the
network status.
Follow the procedure below to check the status code.
1.
Print out network settings.
Printing Network Settings
2.
Check "2-2 Result Codes" on printout.
3.
Visit http://canon.com/ijnwt to check details on displayed status code (c-xx: "xx" represents
numeric characters).
467
Problems while Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
468
Cannot Print from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot print from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing with Google Cloud Print
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer over Wireless LAN
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
smartphone/tablet.
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode, etc.) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Is the printer connected to the wireless router?
Use the
icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router. If the
icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
Check4
Are network settings of printer identical with those of wireless router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
469
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print
out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check5
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Note
Though an antenna is attached to most wireless routers, some of them have it inside.
Check7
Make sure wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
470
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1
Check the power status of printer and other devices (smartphone or tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Is the icon displayed on the LCD?
If not, Wireless Direct is disabled. Turn on Wireless Direct.
Check3
Check the settings of your device (smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Make sure printer is selected as connection for device (e.g. smartphone or
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
471
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Have you entered the proper password specified for the Wireless Direct?
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network setting information of the printer.
Display on the LCD.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the device.
If the distance between the printer and device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and device close to each other.
Check7
Make sure 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
472
Printing Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Ink Does Not Come Out
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Printing Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver (Windows)
473
Printer Does Not Print
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wi-Fi
Cannot Find Printer while Using Wired LAN
Note
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check3
Check bandwidth used by wireless router and printer.
If you connect with Wireless Direct while the printer is connected to the wireless router in the 5 GHz bandwidth,
the connection between the wireless router and the printer is canceled. (Some countries and regions may not
474
support the 5 GHz bandwidth.) Use the 2.4 GHz bandwidth to prevent disconnection. When you connect the
printer and wireless router in the 2.4 GHz bandwidth, you can print via the wireless router or Wireless Direct.
Connecting with Wireless Direct
Check4
Make sure paper settings match information set for top feed or manual feed
tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the top feed or the manual feed tray, an error message
appears on the LCD. Follow the instructions on the LCD to solve the problem.
Register Paper Information
Note
You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer's operation panel:
Paper-related settings
To change the message view setting when printing using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check5
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
For Windows:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
For macOS:
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check6
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed.
If the multi-purpose tray guide is opened, close it.
Check7
Is the manual feed tray in the paper feed position?
If the manual feed tray is in the paper jam clearing position, return the tray to the paper feed position.
Check8
Does the page size setting match the size of paper loaded in the printer?
For Windows:
Check the message on the printer's LCD to clear the error. Then check Page Size setting in Page Setup
sheet of the printer driver and load paper that is the same size as the setting and try printing again.
Set the printer not to detect the width of the paper using the printer driver.
To set the printer not to detect the width of the paper, open the printer driver setup window, and in Custom
Settings under Maintenance sheet, select Disable paper width detection when printing from computer
check box, and then click OK.
To open the printer driver setup window, see How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window.
475
* Clear Disable paper width detection when printing from computer check box again once printing is
complete, and then click OK.
For macOS:
Check the message on the printer's LCD to clear the error. Then check the Paper Size setting in the Page
Setup dialog and load paper that is the same size as the setting and try printing again.
Set the printer not to detect the width of the paper using the Canon IJ Printer Utility2.
To set the printer not to detect the width of the paper, open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, select Custom
Settings in the pop-up menu, select Disable paper width detection when printing from computer check
box, and then click Apply.
To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility2, see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility2.
* Clear the Disable paper width detection when printing from computer check box again once printing
is complete, and then click Apply.
Check9
Are media type and paper size specified properly in the printer driver?
When the media type is specified to Photo Paper Pro Premium Matte A, Premium Fine Art Smooth, or Matte
Photo Paper in the printer driver, specify a paper size from the following size that has wide margins.
A4 (Margin 25)
Letter (Margin 25)/US Letter (Margin 25)
A3 (Margin 25)
A3+ (Margin 25)
11"x17" (Margin 25)
210x594mm (Margin 25)
Important
By canceling the safety margin regulation with the following method, you can print with normal paper size.
For Windows:
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Then select Cancel the safety margin
regulation for paper size check box in the dialog that appears.
For macOS:
Select Cancel Margin Regulation check box in Advanced Paper Settings in the Print dialog.
If you print with normal paper size, conditions such as paper abrasion may cause paper stains or
deterioration of print quality depending on the environment. We recommend that you print with a paper size
that has wide margins.
Check10
Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
For Windows:
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
476
Note
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
selected by default.
For macOS:
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Check11
Set correct printer port. (Windows)
For connecting printer to computer using USB cable:
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
2.
Select Devices and Printers in the Control Panel and right-click the icon of the printer to correct the
printer port.
3.
Select Remove device, delete the unnecessary printer driver.
4.
Unplug the USB cable.
5.
Reconnect the USB cable.
The printer driver rebuilding starts and a new printer icon is added.
If the printer icon is not added after about 5 minutes, printer driver is not installed correctly. Redo printer
setup.
For connecting printer to the network:
You can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
1.
Start Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
2.
Select Diagnose and Repair.
Connectable printer detection is performed.
3. Chose the printer that you want to reconnect from the list, and select Next.
Select Next when the diagnosis result is displayed.
4.
Select Exit.
Check12
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
477
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check13
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
478
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1
Make sure of the estimated ink levels in the ink tanks.
Check the ink status on the LCD.
Checking Ink Status on the LCD
Check2
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Follow the steps below to print a nozzle check pattern and determine whether the ink is ejected properly from the
print head nozzles.
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
For Windows:
Clean the print head
For macOS:
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, clean the print head again.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
For Windows:
Clean the print head deeply
For macOS:
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours, and go to the next step. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
479
Step5
Request a repair.
The print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see
Print
Head.
480
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, flip through the paper before loading it.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
In the manual feed tray:
When you load the paper, load one sheet at a time. When you print continuously, set the next paper after the last
one is finished printing.
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
When loading postcards, consider the following:
If a postcard is curled, it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
limit.
Load Japanese postcards with their postcode column downward.
Check5
Check paper source setting.
Switching the Paper Source to Match the Purpose
Check6
Make sure paper weight is suitable for use with printer.
481
Supported Media Types
Check7
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in top feed or manual feed
tray.
If the paper tears in the top feed or manual feed tray, see List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams) to remove
it.
If there are any foreign objects in the top feed or manual feed tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from
the power supply, then remove the foreign object.
Note
If the feed slot cover is opened, close it slowly.
Check8
Make sure that the multi-purpose tray guide is closed completely.
Paper does not feed properly if the multi-purpose tray guide is even slightly open.
Placing a Printable Disc
Check9
Clean paper feed roller.
482
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
483
Cannot Print on the Disc Label
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Disc Label Printing Does Not Start
Check1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and select OK on the LCD.
Use the multi-purpose tray (marked A) supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check2
Is printable disc placed on multi-purpose tray?
Place the printable disc on the multi-purpose tray properly and select OK on the LCD.
Use the multi-purpose tray (marked A) supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
Check3
Has time elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray?
If a certain period of time has elapsed since you placed the multi-purpose tray, it may be ejected.
Follow the instructions on the LCD and try the operation again.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
Check1
Is multi-purpose tray placed properly?
Place the multi-purpose tray properly again and select OK on the LCD.
Use the multi-purpose tray (marked A) supplied with this printer.
For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see
Placing a Printable Disc.
Check2
Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed.
Canon recommends that you use printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer.
484
Multi-Purpose Tray Jammed
Pull out the multi-purpose tray gently.
If the multi-purpose tray cannot be pulled out, cycle the power switch. The multi-purpose tray will
automatically be ejected.
When the multi-purpose tray is pulled out, place the multi-purpose tray (marked A) again and retry
printing. For more on placing the multi-purpose tray, see Placing a Printable Disc.
If the multi-purpose tray is still jammed, check if there is a problem with the printable disc.
Multi-Purpose Tray Does Not Feed Properly
485
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
Printing from your computer
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device or using the operation panel.
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
PictBridge print settings
Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
Note
When printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation
panel.
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Check3
When using Wi-Fi, make sure radio status is good.
486
Checking Wi-Fi Network Status
If the radio status is poor, it may be possible that print results are not satisfactory or the printing speed is slow.
Retry printing after the radio status improves.
If the problem is not resolved even after the radio status improves, use the printer via USB or a wired LAN.
Check4
If problem is not resolved, check also the sections below.
See also the sections below:
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Vertical Line Next to Image
Cannot Complete Printing
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Uneven or Streaked Colors
487
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/
Streaks or Lines
Printing Is Blurry
Colors Are Wrong
488
White Streaks Appear
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check status of ink tanks. Replace ink tank if ink has run out.
Replacing Ink Tanks
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Follow the steps below to print a nozzle check pattern and determine whether the ink is ejected properly from the
print head nozzles.
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
For Windows:
Clean the print head
For macOS:
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, clean the print head again.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
489
For Windows:
Clean the print head deeply
For macOS:
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours, and go to the next step. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step5
Request a repair.
The print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see Print
Head.
Check4
When using paper with one printable surface, make sure paper is loaded with
printable side facing up.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
490
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the printer driver may improve the print result.
491
Paper Is Smudged / Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
Smudged Edges Smudged Surface
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing.
Supported Media Types
For borderless printing, use a paper suitable for borderless printing.
If the paper you are using is not suitable for borderless printing, the print quality may be reduced at the top
and bottom edges of the paper.
Print Area
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
492
Other Paper such as envelope
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
1.
Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
2.
Check that paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper. If
you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
From operation panel
On the HOME screen, select Various settings > Printer settings > Print settings, and then set Prevent
paper abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
493
From computer (Windows):
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3.
Select Custom Settings.
4. Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
From computer (macOS):
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
(Windows)
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Adjusting Brightness
Check6
Do not print outside recommended printing area.
If you print outside the recommended printing area of your paper, ink may stain the lower edge of the paper.
Resize the document using application software.
Print Area
Check7
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Note
Cleaning the paper feed roller abrades it, so do this only when necessary.
Check8
Is inside of printer dirty?
Ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
494
Check9
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
For Windows:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3.
Select Custom Settings.
4. Drag Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and select OK.
5. Check message and select OK.
For macOS:
Set the waiting time using Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
495
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margins.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
496
Cannot Complete Printing
Check1
Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows)
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to
compress print data check box and click OK.
Important
Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Check2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
Check3
Your hard disk may not have sufficient free space to store job.
Delete unnecessary files to free up disk space.
497
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check1
Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
Check2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
498
Images Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check1
Select setting not to compress printing data.
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select Do not allow application software to
compress print data check box and click OK.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Clear the check box once printing is complete.
Check2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
499
Ink Blots / Paper Curl
Ink Blots
Paper Curl
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
(Windows)
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Adjusting Brightness
Check3
Use Photo Paper to print photos.
To print data with high color saturation such as photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you
use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon specialty paper.
Supported Media Types
500
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
During too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
501
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Uneven Colors
Streaked Colors
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Follow the steps below to print a nozzle check pattern and determine whether the ink is ejected properly from the
print head nozzles.
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
For Windows:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
502
For macOS:
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
For Windows:
Clean the print head
For macOS:
Clean the print head
If it does not improve, clean the print head again.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
For Windows:
Clean the print head deeply
For macOS:
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours, and go to the next step. When you turn the printer off, do not unplug it
from the power supply.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step5
Request a repair.
The print head may be damaged. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see
Print
Head.
Check3
Perform print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
manually.
Aligning the Print Head Manually
Check4
Enable unidirectional printing function.
On the paper selection screen, select Advanced, and set Unidirectional printing to ON.
Note that the printing speed will be slower when the unidirectional printing function is enabled.
Check5
Color may be uneven if printing materials were stacked while drying.
To avoid uneven colors, we recommend drying each sheet separately.
503
Printing Stops
Check1
Is paper loaded?
Make sure paper is loaded.
If necessary, load paper.
Check2
Do documents to be printed have many photographs or illustrations?
It takes time for the printer and the computer to process large data such as photos or other graphics, so it may
seem that the printer is not working.
Also, if you are printing data that requires a lot of ink on successive sheets of plain paper, the printer may pause
temporarily. In either case, wait until the process is complete.
Note
If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing several copies, printing may pause to
allow the ink to dry.
Check3
Has printer been printing continuously for a long period?
If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time, the print head or other parts around it may overheat.
The printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing.
In this case, wait a while without doing anything. If the printing does not resume, turn the printer off. After waiting
for a while, turn on the printer, and check whether printing is possible.
Caution
Print head and surrounding area can become extremely hot. Never touch print head or nearby
components.
Check4
Is the multi-purpose tray guide opened while printing on paper?
Close the multi-purpose tray guide.
504
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Power Supply
If the printer is turned on, cycle the power switch, and then check whether the issue is resolved.
Check2
Make sure printer is registered to your computer.
Check3
Make sure printer is connected by LAN to same network subnet as AirPrint
compliant device when printing over LAN.
Check4
Make sure printer has enough paper and ink.
Check5
Make sure no error message is displayed on printer's LCD.
505
Paper Does Not Feed from Paper Source Specified in Printer Driver
(Windows)
Check
Is paper source setting inconsistent between application program and printer
driver?
Change the application software setting corresponding to the printer driver setting, or click Print Options on
Page Setup sheet of the printer driver and select Disable the paper source setting of the application
software on Print Options screen.
When the paper source setting is inconsistent between an application program and the printer driver, the
application software setting takes precedence.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
506
Mechanical Problems
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
USB Connection Problems
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
LCD Is Off
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position
Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows)
Updating Printer Firmware
507
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1
Press ON button.
Power Supply
Check2
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
508
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
To disable the setting from the operation panel:
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2. Select Various settings on Home screen and press the OK button.
3. Select Printer settings and press the OK button.
4.
Select Energy saving settings and press the OK button.
5. Select Auto power off and press the OK button.
6. Select Never and press the OK button.
7. Select OK and press the OK button.
The setting is disabled.
To disable the setting from the computer:
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power Settings.
3. Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
4. Select OK.
5.
Select OK on the displayed screen.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
509
USB Connection Problems
Make sure of the checking item below when you find one of the followings.
Printing is slow.
Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
Note
If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed of
USB 1.1. In this case, the printer works properly but printing speed may slow down due to the
communication speed.
Check
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed USB
connection.
Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and obtain and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
510
Cannot Communicate with Printer via USB
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
Check2
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
Check the direction of the "Type-B" connector and connect it to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
511
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1.
Press the HOME button and wait a little.
2.
Select on the HOME screen and press the OK button.
3.
Select top setting item and press the OK button.
4.
Select seventh setting item from top and press the OK button.
5.
Select a language that you want to use for LCD and press the OK button.
512
LCD Is Off
If ON lamp is off:
The printer is not on. Check that the power cord is connected and press the ON button.
If ON lamp is lit:
The LCD may be in screen-saver mode. Press any button on the operation panel.
513
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to Replacement Position
Check1
Is ON lamp off?
Check if the ON lamp is lit.
The print head holder will not move unless the power is on. If the ON lamp is off, close the top cover and turn the
printer on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit, open
the top cover again, then press the Stop button.
Check2
Is an error message displayed on LCD?
Close the top cover, follow the support code (error number) displayed in the error message to resolve the error,
and then reopen it. For details on resolving the error, see List of Support Code for Error.
Check3
Has top cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer?
If the top cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to
prevent the print head from drying out. Close and reopen the top cover, then press the Stop button to return the
print head holder to the position for replacing.
Check4
Has printer been printing continuously for a long period?
Close the top cover, reopen it after a while, then press the Stop button.
If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time, the print head holder may not move to the position
for replacing since the print head may overheat.
514
Printer Status Monitor Not Displayed (Windows)
Check
Is printer status monitor enabled?
Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor.
1. Open printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
2.
On Maintenance sheet, click View Printer Status.
3.
Select Enable Status Monitor on Option menu if it is not selected.
515
Updating Printer Firmware
Important
Make sure the printer is connected to Internet before updating printer firmware.
Updating Printer Firmware from Operation Panel
Updating Printer Firmware from Remote UI
Follow the procedure below.
Updating Printer Firmware from Operation Panel
1.
Check that printer is turned on and display HOME screen.
If the HOME screen is not displayed, press the HOME button.
2.
Select Various settings on HOME screen and press the OK button.
The setup menu screen appears.
3.
Select Printer settings and press the OK button.
4.
Select Firmware update and press the OK button.
5.
Select Install update and press the OK button.
6.
Check displayed message and select Yes and press the OK button.
7.
Check displayed message and select Start update and press the OK button.
Update starts.
Finishing update turns off the printer and it turns on again.
8. Check displayed message and press the OK button.
Updating Printer Firmware from Remote UI
1. Display printer status on web browser.
2. Select Firmware update.
516
3. Select Install update.
4. Check displayed message and select Update.
Update starts and returns to the menu screen when update is completed.
517
Installation and Download Problems
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)
Updating Printer Driver in Network Environment (Windows)
Disable Function to Send Usage Information of Printer
Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows)
518
Failed to Printer Driver Installation (Windows)
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Other cases:
If you cannot get past the Printer Connection screen:
Cannot Proceed beyond Printer Connection Screen
Other cases:
If the printer driver was not installed correctly, uninstall the printer driver, restart your computer, and then
reinstall the printer driver.
Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
Click here and install the printer driver.
Note
If the installer was stopped due to a Windows error, Windows operation may be unstable, and you
may not be able to install the drivers. Restart your computer and then reinstall the drivers.
519
Updating Printer Driver in Network Environment (Windows)
Download the latest printer driver.
Download the latest printer driver for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
Uninstall the existing printer driver and follow the installation instructions to install the latest printer driver
that you downloaded. In the connection method selection screen, select Use the printer with Wi-Fi
connection. The printer is detected automatically in the network.
Make sure the printer was found, and install the printer driver following the on-screen instructions.
Note
The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
520
Disable Function to Send Usage Information of Printer
The function to send usage information of the printer is configured or controlled by the printer, computer,
and smartphone/tablet separately. Disable the function from each device as well as the printer.
Important
Make sure each device is connected to Internet before disabling the function to send usage information.
If you perform settings to stop sending usage information, you cannot use services, which requires
information on your printer, such as PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link.
In some case, it may take time for your choice to be reflected in your printer.
For Windows:
For macOS:
For Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY:
For Windows:
Perform setup procedure to change the setting for sending information of the printer.
1.
Make sure computer to change setting is connected to Internet.
2.
Click here and start setup procedure.
3.
Click Start Setup on Start Setup screen.
Proceed the setup procedure according to the instructions on the screen until the For using services
related to Canon product license agreement screen appears.
4. Click Do not agree on For using services related to Canon product license agreement
screen.
The warning screen appears.
5. Click OK on displayed screen.
6. Proceed setup procedure to the end according to instructions on screen.
7. If For using services related to Canon product license agreement screen appears
again after a certain period of time, click Do not agree.
521
Note
Depending on your operating environment, it may take time for the license agreement screen to
appear.
Do not turn off the printer until the license agreement screen appears again.
For macOS:
Perform setup procedure to change the setting for sending information of the printer.
1.
Click here and start setup procedure.
2.
Click Start Setup on Start Setup screen.
Proceed the setup procedure according to the instructions on the screen until the For using services
related to Canon product license agreement screen appears.
3.
Click Do not agree on For using services related to Canon product license agreement
screen.
The warning screen appears.
4.
Click OK on displayed screen.
5.
Proceed setup procedure to the end according to instructions on screen.
6.
If For using services related to Canon product license agreement screen appears
again after a certain period of time, click Do not agree.
Note
Depending on your operating environment, it may take time for the license agreement screen to
appear.
Do not turn off the printer until the license agreement screen appears again.
For Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY:
Use Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY to change the setting for sending information of the printer and
smartphone/tablet.
1. Check that printer is turned on.
2.
Start up Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
3. Tap button on upper right.
4. Tap version information.
522
5. Tap About.
6. Tap Extended Survey.
The Extended Survey agreement screen appears.
7. Check displayed message and tap Do not agree.
The function to send usage information from Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY is disabled.
Tap Agree to enable the function to send usage information.
Next, disable the function to send usage information from the printer.
8.
View Top screen of Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Make sure the printer to change the setting is selected.
9.
Tap printer icon.
10.
Tap Web Service Usage Confirmation.
The For using services related to Canon product agreement screen appears.
11.
Check displayed message and tap Do not agree.
The warning screen appears.
12.
Tap OK on displayed warning screen.
The function to send usage information from the printer is disabled.
Tap Agree to enable the function to send usage information.
Note
Do not turn off the printer until you finish changing the setting on your smartphone/tablet.
If multiple devices are connected to the printer, you need to disable the function to send usage information
on all devices. If the function is enabled on one of the devices, sending usage information will continue.
523
Taking Time to Setup Process (Windows)
If Windows update starts during setup, or if you perform setup while Windows update is in progress, it may
take a while to register the printer or to perform other processes.
Wait for a while. This is not a malfunction.
524
Errors and Messages
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
525
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, a message is displayed on the computer or on the printer. For some errors, a support
code (error number) is also displayed.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
526
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see
List of Support Code for Error.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
527
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support
code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Appears on the Printer's LCD
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on the Printer's LCD
Check the message and take appropriate action.
Power was not turned off correctly the last time. Press the button when turning power off.
The printer may have been unplugged while the power was still on.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
See Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Cannot connect to the server. Please wait a while and try again.
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See
Unplugging the Printer for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
528
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Check3
Make sure printer driver is installed correctly.
Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver and
click here to reinstall it.
Check4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1. Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
Note
If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
2.
Open USB Printing Support Properties.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
If USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is correctly connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3. Click General tab and check for a device problem.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
"Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
and click here to reinstall it.
"Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
529
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi)
compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them.
Note
This section describes errors that are indicated on Canon-brand PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant devices.
The error messages and operations may vary depending on the device you are using. For errors on
non-Canon PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant devices, check the support code (error number) displayed on
the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to clear the error.
List of Support Code for Error
For the errors indicated on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device and their solution, also refer to the
instruction manual of the device. For other troubles on the device, contact the manufacturer.
Error Message on
PictBridge (Wi-Fi)
Compliant Device
What to Do
Printer in use If the printer is printing from the computer or warming up, wait until it finishes.
If you are registering paper information, complete it.
When it is ready, the printer starts printing automatically.
In cases other than the above, check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appro-
priate action to resolve the error.
List of Support Code for Error
No paper Load paper and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, or
press the printer's OK button.
Paper error / Incor-
rect paper type
Check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the er-
ror.
List of Support Code for Error
Paper jam Select Stop in the display of your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device to stop printing.
Check the support code on the printer's LCD and the condition of the jammed paper, and re-
move the paper properly.
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
Then load new paper and retry printing.
Printer cover open Close the top cover on the printer.
No print head Check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the er-
ror.
530
List of Support Code for Error
Waste tank full / Ink
absorber full
Check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the er-
ror.
List of Support Code for Error
No ink / Ink cassette
error
Check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the er-
ror.
List of Support Code for Error
Ink error Check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the er-
ror.
List of Support Code for Error
Hardware error Check the support code on the printer's LCD and take the appropriate action to resolve the er-
ror.
List of Support Code for Error
Printer error An error requiring servicing may have occurred.
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer and turn on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
531
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
If there is a problem that you cannot solve following the instructions in this chapter, contact Canon through
the Support page of the Canon website or contact your nearest Canon service center.
Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers.
Caution
If the printer emits any unusual sound, smoke, or odor, turn it off immediately. Unplug the printer and
contact the seller you bought it from or your nearest Canon service center. Never attempt to repair or
disassemble the printer yourself.
If you attempt to repair or take apart the printer, your warranty will be invalidated even if it has not
expired.
Before contacting the service center, note the following:
Product name
(Your printer's name is written on the front cover of the setup manual.)
Serial number (see setup manual)
Details of problem
What you tried to solve the problem, and what happened
532
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
1000 to 1ZZZ
1000 1001 1002 1006 1013 1062
1200 1250 1261 1300 1308 1351
1401 1403 1405 1408 1409 140A
140C 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414
1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1600
1660 1684 168C 1698 1699 1700
1701 1716 1730 1731 1830 1850
1851 1855 1856 1857 1890
2000 to 2ZZZ
2103 2114 2115 2123 2124 2500
2503
3000 to 3ZZZ
3000 3306 3310 3311 3312 3313
3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319
3413 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443
3444 3445 3446 3447
4000 to 4ZZZ
4100 4103 4104 4109 4111 495A
5000 to 5ZZZ
5100 5200 520C 520E 5250 5400
5700 5B00 5B01 5B16 5B22 5C02
533
5C13 5C14
6000 to 6ZZZ
6000 6001 6004 6500 6502 6700
6701 6800 6801 6830 6831 6832
6833 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911
6920 6921 6930 6931 6932 6933
6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945
6946 6A80 6A81 6D01
7000 to 7ZZZ
7600 7700 7800 7802
8000 to 8ZZZ
8200 8300
A000 to ZZZZ
B400 C000
For paper jam support codes, see also List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams).
534
List of Support Code for Error (Paper Jams)
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot / top feed / manual feed tray:
1300
If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot / top feed / manual feed tray or if
the paper is jammed inside the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the small size paper is jammed:
Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
Cases other than above:
Other Cases
535
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot / top feed / manual feed tray.
What to Do
Remove the jammed paper according to the paper source.
If the paper loaded in the top feed is jammed:
1.
Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from top feed, whichever is
easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper
may be ejected automatically.
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it,
press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
top feed, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
2. Reload paper and press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
536
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
Also, make sure that the paper in the top feed is not resting against a wall or any other
obstacle. If the paper is touching a wall, this may prevent the paper from being fed into the
printer correctly.
We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics.
A5 paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
If the paper loaded in the manual feed tray is jammed:
1.
Press Paper Jam Clearing button and set manual feed tray to paper jam clearing
position.
2.
Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from manual feed tray, whichever
is easier.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper
may be ejected automatically.
537
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it,
press the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the
manual feed tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
3. Return manual feed tray to original position.
4.
Reload paper and press the printer's OK button.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 2, the print data that was sent to the printer is erased. Redo the
printing.
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
Also, make sure that the paper in the top feed is not resting against a wall or any other
obstacle. If the paper is touching a wall, this may prevent the paper from being fed into the
printer correctly.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request
a repair.
538
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot / top feed / manual
feed tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions
below.
Note
If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1.
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
2.
Open top cover and multi-purpose tray guide.
Important
Do not touch clear film (A) or white belt (B).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3. Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
539
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
4.
Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5. Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
540
6.
Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
Any paper left under the print head holder?
Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (C) in the printer?
7.
Close top cover.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
If a paper jam message appears on the printer's LCD or on your computer screen when you
resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the
printer. Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
541
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
There is no paper in the top feed.
Paper is not loaded in the top feed properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
Load paper in the top feed.
Loading Paper in the Top Feed
Note
The loadable paper differs depending on the paper source. For details on the paper that can be
loaded in the top feed, refer to Loading Paper in the Top Feed.
Load one sheet of A4 / Letter size plain paper in the top feed before aligning the print head during
the first printer setup.
Align the paper guides of the top feed with both edges of the paper.
Close the feed slot cover.
542
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button.
Note
To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
543
1013
Cause
Multi-purpose tray compatible media is not set on multi-purpose tray, or the media position is misaligned.
What to Do
Remove the multi-purpose tray, place the multi-purpose tray compatible media properly, and then attach
the multi-purpose tray to the printer.
Placing Multi-purpose Tray
Then press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Important
When you print on multi-purpose tray compatible media, use the supplied multi-purpose tray (the one
with the "A" mark).
Note
To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
544
1200
Cause
Top cover is open.
What to Do
Close the top cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after replacing ink tanks.
545
1250
Cause
Paper output tray is closed.
What to Do
Open the paper output tray.
546
1401
Cause
Print head may not be installed properly or may be damaged.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
Install the print head.
If the print head is already installed, remove and reinstall it.
Then close the top cover.
Turn off the printer and turn it back on.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
547
1600
Cause
Ink may have run out.
What to Do
If printing is in progress, you are recommended to stop printing, replace the ink tank, and then print again.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's OK button with the ink tank
installed. Then printing can continue under the ink out condition. Replace the empty ink tank immediately
after the printing. The printer may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
548
1660
Cause
The ink tank is not installed.
What to Do
Install the ink tank.
549
1700
Cause
Ink absorber is almost full.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to continue printing. Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Note
In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print.
550
1890
Cause
Protective materials for shipping may still be attached.
What to Do
Open the top cover and make sure that the protective materials for securing the print head holder have
been removed.
If the protective materials are still there, remove them and close the top cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
551
2114
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing do not match the paper information for the top feed registered in
the printer.
Note
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
For how to register paper information in the printer, refer to the following.
Register Paper Information
For example, if the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the top feed
registered in the printer, the following message is displayed on the printer's LCD.
Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:
Paper size: A5
Paper type: Plain paper
Paper information for the top feed registered in the printer:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Plain paper
When you press the printer's OK button, the paper settings specified when printing are displayed on the
LCD.
552
What to Do
Select Next using the buttons and press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action using the buttons and press the printer's OK button.
Note
Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Print with the loaded paper.
Select this option to print on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A5 and the paper information for the top
feed is registered as A4, select this option to print on A4 paper loaded in the top feed with the A5
setting.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the top feed.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A5 and the paper information for the top
feed is registered as A4, select this option to print after replacing the paper in the top feed with A5
paper.
After changing the paper and closing the feed slot cover, the paper information registration screen for
the top feed appears. Register the paper information in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the top feed, press the printer's
Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
553
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
Cancel print
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified at printing. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings specified at printing, regardless of whether
the paper loaded in the top feed matches the paper settings.
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing without using the
printer driver:
Paper-related settings
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
554
2115
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing do not match the paper information for the manual feed tray
registered in the printer.
Note
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
For how to register paper information in the printer, refer to the following.
Register Paper Information
For example, if the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the manual
feed tray registered in the printer, the following message is displayed on the printer's LCD.
Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:
Paper size: A4
Paper type: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II A
Paper information for the manual feed tray registered in the printer:
Paper size: A3
Paper type: Plus Glossy II A
When you press the printer's OK button, the paper settings specified when printing are displayed on the
LCD.
555
What to Do
Select Next using the buttons and press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Select the appropriate action using the buttons and press the printer's OK button.
Note
Depending on settings, some of the options below may not appear.
Use manual feed tray settings
Select this option to print on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A4 and the paper information for the manual
feed tray is registered as A3, select this option to print on A3 paper loaded in the manual feed tray
with the A4 setting.
Replace the paper and print
Select this option to print after changing the paper in the manual feed tray.
For example, when the paper size specified at printing is A4 and the paper information for the manual
feed tray is registered as A3, select this option to print after replacing the paper in the manual feed
tray with A4 paper.
After changing the paper, the paper information registration screen for the manual feed tray appears.
Register the paper information in the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
If you do not know the paper size and paper type to be loaded in the manual feed tray, press the
printer's Back button. The paper size and paper type are displayed.
For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified in the printer driver and the paper
information registered in the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
556
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (macOS)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (macOS)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified at printing. Change the paper
settings and retry printing.
Note
To suppress the misprint prevention message, change the setting as described below. When you
suppress the message, the printer uses the paper settings specified at printing, regardless of whether
the paper loaded in the manual feed tray matches the paper settings.
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing without using the
printer driver:
Paper-related settings
To change whether to display a misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
557
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
558
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by protective materials for securing the print head
holder, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A) or
white belt (B).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
Make sure the ink tanks are properly installed.
Press ink tanks until they click into place.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
559
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
After a while, plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
560
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Note
In the case of warnings or errors caused by remaining ink levels, the printer cannot print.
561
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
562
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
563
2

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Canon PRO-300 series imagePROGRAF - Mac bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Canon PRO-300 series imagePROGRAF - Mac in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 12,29 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info